JP2002342659A - System for providing and acquiring contents - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To facilitate selection of contents data. SOLUTION: A contents providing server 1001 transmits a contents selection image composed of a three-dimensional virtual reality space to a portable dedicated terminal 1003 in response to a contents acquisition request transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 to make the portable dedicated terminal 1003 display the contents selection picture. When an advertisement request transmitted in accordance with a display state of a contents selection image is received from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, advertisement data of contents based on contents data corresponding to a received viewing request are transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 and reproduced to view the details of the contents. A customer can thereby actually listen to and preview the contents to be able to confirm the contents, and therefore, the customer can accurately determine whether or not the contents are matched with his/her preference. Accordingly, the contents data can be easily selected.

Description

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0001]

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a content providing / acquiring system. For example, various contents data such as music and movies and various kinds of distribution information data such as advertisements are provided to customers using the Internet (hereinafter referred to as distribution data). )
This is suitable for application to a data providing system that provides

[0002]

2. Description of the Related Art In recent years, the Internet, which is a computer communication network used by a large number of research facilities on a worldwide scale for research and academic purposes, has recently been selling goods, distributing content data, Due to its commercial use such as advertising, it has rapidly become popular as a computer communication tool among companies and customers.

[0003] When the Internet is used for commercial purposes, customers can purchase desired products and obtain desired content data using a personal computer while staying at home, for example. Various types of distribution data can be obtained, such as advertisements of the Internet.

[0004]

By the way, a data providing server that provides content data using the Internet presents a title list or the like of obtainable content to a customer and desires to obtain from the presented title list. Content data is selected.

[0005] However, for a customer who uses the Internet, the contents are not understood unless the contents data is actually acquired and reproduced simply by presenting a title list of the contents data from the data providing server. In some cases, it is difficult to select the content data because the user may notice that the content data does not suit his or her taste after obtaining the content data.

The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and it is an object of the present invention to propose a content providing / acquiring system which makes it easy to select content data.

[0007]

According to the present invention, there is provided a content providing apparatus comprising: a content providing apparatus for providing content data; and a content acquiring apparatus for acquiring content data provided by the content providing apparatus. In a provision acquisition system, a content providing apparatus outputs a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer desired content data from a plurality of types of content data in response to an image request transmitted from the content acquisition apparatus. When the viewing request transmitted from the content acquisition device in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image is received, the viewing data of the content based on the content data corresponding to the received viewing request is transmitted. The content is sent to the content The contents of the Ceiling was so as to be viewed.

[0008] Therefore, it is possible for the customer to actually preview and preview the content based on the content data to confirm the content of the content. As a result, the customer can determine whether or not the content matches his / her preference. It is possible to make a reliable judgment.

[0009]

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS An embodiment of the present invention will be described below in detail with reference to the drawings.

(1) Usage of the Internet by the Data Providing System As shown in FIG.
A system management site 2 that comprehensively manages the data providing system includes a customer 3 and a plurality of types of stores (hereinafter, referred to as dealers) 4A to which the customer 3 directly visits, such as a retail store or a rental shop. 4N and each of these dealers 4A
4N through 4N, and a site for providing distribution data established by an advertiser or a company (hereinafter, referred to as
This is called an advertiser company site) 6 using the Internet (not shown).

In this case, as shown in FIG. 2 together with FIG.
The dealers 4A to 4N store content (comprising audio data, video data, text data, etc.) such as music, movies, game software, novels, photographs, and comics on CDs (Compact).
Disc), DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), CD-
Rental shops that sell and rent as commercial packaged media such as ROM (Compact Disc-Read Only Memory) and books (hardcover novels, photo books, picture books, comic books), reference books for examinations, problem books, literature, etc. Is a store that handles contents as commodities, such as a preparatory school that sells and rents the contents (consisting of text data and the like) as commercially available book package media.

When the dealers 4A to 4N wish to start up a new business or use the Internet while starting up a business and conducting business,
The fact is notified to the system management site 2 using a personal computer or the like.

[0013] When the Internet is requested from the dealers 4A to 4N, the system management site 2 sends the dealer information such as the name, the type of the content to be handled, the account number of the bank, etc. from the dealers 4A to 4N. Acquire and register the dealer.

The system management site 2 stores music, movies, game software, novels, photographs, comics, reference books, and the like stored in advance in a content database (not shown).
By providing a large amount of content data to each of the dealers 4A to 4N for each type designated by the dealers 4A to 4N from among various content data such as a collection of problems and documents, the dealers 4A to 4N provide the content to the dealers 4A to 4N. The data is converted to a database to generate a content database unique to the dealer.

At this time, the sales company 5 sells the dedicated portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N having the function of recording and reproducing content data to the dealers 4A to 4N in accordance with an instruction from the system management site 2 as a product. CD, DVD,
It sells commercial package media such as CD-ROMs and books.

On the other hand, a customer 3 who wants to use the Internet is a request terminal (not shown) dedicated to a system management site installed at a simple retail store such as KIOSK.
To notify the user that he / she wants to use the Internet by accessing the system management site 2.

When the customer 3 wishes to use the Internet, the system management site 2 provides the customer 3 with personal information (hereinafter referred to as customer information) including the name, gender, age and account number of the bank. Call) is acquired, customer registration is executed, and the customer information is converted into a database as customer registration information to generate a customer database 8.

The dealers 4A to 4N provide a plurality of types of content data to the registered customer 3 in two formats, a purchase format and a lending format. When the content designation information for designating the desired content data and the format designation information indicating the acquisition form of the purchase format and the lending format for the content data are notified via the management site 2, the content data is Purchase and rental reservations are accepted.

When the dealers 4A to 4N receive the reservation from the customer 3 in this manner, the system management site 2
Using the customer registration information (customer 3 account number) of the customer 3 read from the customer database 8 of the customer, electronic billing processing for purchase (sales price) and rental (rental period) of the content data is executed, and then the content database is executed. And reads the desired content data in response to the request, and records it on a predetermined recording medium provided inside the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.

Here, the dealers 4A to 4N allow the customer 3 to use the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N in both the purchase mode and the lending mode. Using the information, electronic charging processing for purchase (sales price) and rental (rental period) of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N is also executed at the same time.

Accordingly, when the customer 3 desires to use the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N for rental, for example, the dealers 4A to 4N store the portable data having recorded the content data in response to the customer 3's request. Dedicated terminal 7A
To 7N directly at the store according to the form of delivery desired by the customer 3 and rent it, or
Deliver and rent by.

With this, the customer 3 who has made a reservation in advance for purchase and rental of the content data and the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N using the request terminal,
When the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N are obtained, content data can be reproduced and enjoyed on the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.

The portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N can access only the dealers 4A to 4N that have recorded the content data through the system management site 2 through the system management site 2 by using the communication function provided therein. Purchase and rental processing (including billing processing) can be executed.

Accordingly, when the customer 3 requests the purchase and rental of new content data from the customer 3 using the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N being rented, the dealers 4A to 4N perform system management of the requested content data. Owns a device that can be transmitted to and rented to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented via the site 2 and thus can be connected to the Internet, such as a personal computer (hereinafter referred to as a network connection device). The content data can be easily distributed via the Internet to the customer 3 who does not have the same device as the customer 3 who owns the network connection device.

The system management site 2 relays the request for purchase and rental of the content data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N and the requesting terminals to the dealers 4A to 4N, so that the contents of the request are relayed. The customer registration information is updated by being added to the customer registration information in the customer database 8 as additional customer information, whereby the customer preference (for example, the genre of content data acquired by the customer) or the Internet It is made possible to grasp the usage status and the like.

Further, the system management site 2 is provided with information on advertiser name or company name from advertisers or companies providing various distribution data on the advertiser company site 6 and the genre of the provided distribution data. The advertiser company database 10 is generated by acquiring advertiser company information including business content information and the like, and converting the acquired information into a database as advertiser company registration information.

Then, the system management site 2 stores the customer 3
When the release permission information is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N that are being rented to the advertiser or the company, the release permission information is transmitted as the customer permission data. By searching the advertiser company database 10 based on the customer registration information of the customer, an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data matching the taste of the customer 3 are selected, and the selected advertiser and company are carried. It is introduced to the customer 3 via the mold dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.

As a result, when the customer 3 selects an advertiser and a company that has a contract from the advertisers and the companies introduced to the customer 3, the system management site 2 displays the selected advertiser and the company. A part of the customer registration information of the customer 3 is provided to the company as investment information, and the customer 3 is introduced to the advertiser and the company.

As a result, the system management site 2 allows the customer 3 using the Internet to negotiate with the advertiser and the company selected by the customer 3 to conclude a contract. Main company site 6
Provides various distribution data such as advertisements of products desired by the customer 3 to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented by the customer 3 via the system management site 2.

As described above, in the data providing system 1, an advertiser and a company that provide only desired distribution data to the customer 3 can be introduced and selected easily, and the customer 3 can be provided with a network connection device. Even if they do not own, they can efficiently provide only desired distribution data via the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N that are being rented.

Incidentally, the system management site 2 stores the customer 3
Is given to the customer 3 which is useful to the advertiser and the company, when the investment information is transmitted to the advertiser and the company, the consideration is received from the advertiser and the company. .

Further, when the system management site 2 introduces the advertiser and the company to the customer 3, regardless of the existence of the advertiser and the company that desires the contract, the system management site 2 converts the investment information of the customer 3 into a database to introduce the customer. A database 11 is generated, and the customer introduction database 11 is used thereafter when an advertiser and a company to be newly introduced to the customer 3 are selected.

Here, the dealers 4A to 4N select the content data when they are accessed by the customer 3 from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N via the system management site 2 for requesting the content data. Is returned to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, and desired content data is selected on the content selection screen.

The dealers 4A to 4N customize the content selection screen to be displayed on the display units of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N in response to a request from the customer 3, whereby the content data can be customized. At the time of request, a content selection screen meeting the request of the customer 3 can be displayed on the display units of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.

By the way, the dealers 4A to 4N, when renting the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, specify the desired color for the housing by the customer 3, and then rent the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N during the rental. It is designed to be replaced with another portable dedicated terminal 7A to 7N whose body is painted in the color desired by the customer 3. In addition to software customization of the content selection screen, hardware customization of the housing is also possible. Has been made able to do so.

Then, when the customizing of the housing (that is, the change of the color of the housing) is requested to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N being rented, the dealers 4A to 4N make the customer 3 first. All the data in the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented to (ie, the content data and the desired distribution data provided by the advertiser, etc.)
To the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7 of the color designated by the customer 3.
N and exchange these portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.

When renting content data together with the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, the dealers 4A to 4N start renting the rental period of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N and the rental period of the content data, respectively. At the same time, let the customer 3 choose
The rental period once selected can be freely deferred as desired by the customer 3.

The dealers 4A to 4N monitor whether or not the rental period of the content data rented to the customer 3 is over, and the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N.
When the rental period of the content data ends before the rental period ends, this is notified to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented by the customer.

As a result, the dealers 4A to 4N store the customer 3
Is returned from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented to the dealers 4A to 4N via the system management site 2 so that the rental of the content data is completed on time. Urged to bring a 7N and come to the store.
It is assumed that when N is brought in, the content data is deleted from the internal recording medium and returned.

On the other hand, the dealers 4A to 4N are replied from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented to the customer 3 via the system management site 2 to extend the rental period of the content data. Then, it monitors whether or not the extended rental period for the content data ends.

Incidentally, if the customer 3 does not come to the store with the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N even after the rental period of the content data ends, for example, the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N To delete the content data for which the rental period has expired for return, thereby deleting the specified content data from the internal recording medium in the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N to prevent unauthorized use. .

When the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N rented from the customer 3 are returned, the dealers 4A to 4N erase the content data from the recording medium inside the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N. Then, the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N are made available for rental again.

In addition, the dealers 4A to 4N use the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N to purchase and rent the content data occupied by the customer (for example, single song content data). When the customer requests exchange with a package medium (for example, a single CD) storing the same content data, the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer (that is, the purchase price or the rental price) )
And equivalent exchange information including the selling price of the package media and the difference between the two prices are transmitted to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N via the system management site 2.

As a result, the dealers 4A to 4N store the customer 3
Is notified via the system management site 2 using the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, the content data occupied by the customer 3 identical to the content data stored in the package medium is Since the purchase price and the rental price have already been paid, the difference between the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer 3 read from the customer database 8 of the system management site 2 and the sales price of the package media is calculated. Only after the electronic billing process, the package media is delivered to the customer 3 at the store or delivered from the sales company 5 to the delivery company 9 for delivery.

As described above, the dealers 4A to 4N exchange the package media with the content data by making the exchange value of the package media and the content data occupied by the customer substantially equivalent (hereinafter, this exchange is called equivalent exchange). ) To prevent the content data purchased and rented from the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N from being wasted when returning the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, and to provide the customer 3 with the content data and the package media. The package media can be provided with a minimum investment without making unnecessary investment for both parties.

Incidentally, the system management site 2 stores the customer 3
Each time the user uses the Internet (ie, purchases and rents content data and portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, etc.), the Internet 3 The points for giving a privilege such as a discount to the customer 3 are issued in accordance with the request and accumulated in the customer database 8.

Accordingly, the dealers 4A to 4N can use the electronic billing process when the customer 3 purchases and rents the content data or the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, or exchanges the content data for package media. Instead of part or all of the money, the points obtained by the customer 3 can be used.

Further, the dealers 4A to 4N perform electronic billing processing such as when the customer 3 purchases and rents the content data and the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N and exchanges the content data for package media. Alternatively, cash or prepaid card payments can be accepted at the store.

[0049] Here, the dealers 4A to 4N serve as request terminals or portable dedicated terminals 7A being rented by the customer 3.
When electronic billing processing for the purchase of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N is executed in response to the purchase request of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N notified from the system management site 2 through the system management site 2, the portable dedicated terminal The terminals 7A to 7N are delivered directly to the customer 3 at the store or delivered from the sales company 5 to the customer 3 by the delivery company 9.

When the customer 3 requests the purchase of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, the dealers 4A to 4N change the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N having the casing of the color designated by the customer 3 Sell.

Then, as shown in FIG. 3, the customer 3 who has purchased the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N is sold via the Internet by the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N in the same manner as described above with reference to FIG. Original dealers 4A to 4
In addition, desired content data can be purchased and rented only from N, and desired distribution data can be obtained by making a contract with an advertiser and a company.

Further, the customer 3 who has purchased the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N requests the content selection transmitted from the dealers 4A to 4N when requesting the purchase and rental of the content data by the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N. The screen can be customized, and the exchange value between the content data occupied by the customer 3 due to purchase and rental and the package medium storing the same content data is made substantially equivalent to the package media and the content data occupied by the customer. Is made to be exchangeable.

In the data providing system 1, even if the customer 3 uses a network connection device such as a personal computer instead of the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N, the same as in the case described above with reference to FIGS. Can be used.

As described above, in the data providing system 1, the business form using the Internet coexists with the existing business form in which merchandise is actually sold and rented using a retail store or the like, thereby enabling the network to coexist. To build a new business model in which customers 3 who do not own connected equipment and dealers 4A to 4N who have a sense of crisis regarding the spread of the Internet can freely and easily participate and use the Internet for commercial purposes. Can be.

(2) First Embodiment In FIG. 4, reference numeral 50 denotes a data providing system as a whole according to the first embodiment. The system management site 2 and the dealers 4A to 4A described above with reference to FIGS. 4N and a request terminal 52 corresponding to the customer 3 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 (that is, a request terminal used by the customer 3).
And the portable dedicated terminal 7A described above with reference to FIGS.
7A to 7N are connected to portable dedicated terminals 53 dedicated to the dealers 4A to 4N.

The data providing server 51 includes a customer database 55 for storing customer registration information and customer registration screen data.
And a content database 56 for storing a large number of content data and content selection screen data, etc., and data listing the selling price and rental price of the content data and the selling price and title of the package media that can be exchanged for the content data. A package media database 57 that stores a table, and an advertiser company database 5 that stores advertiser company registration information obtained from advertisers and companies that have established advertiser company sites.
8 is provided.

When the data providing server 51 receives the registration request data requesting the registration of the customer from the request terminal 52, the data providing server 51 receives the registration request data by the receiving unit 59, and the updating unit 60 based on the registration request data. The customer registration screen data is read from the customer database 55, and the read customer registration screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the request terminal 52.

As a result, when the customer information input on the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is transmitted from the request terminal 52 as the customer information data, the data providing server 51 The updating unit 60 stores the customer information based on the customer information data as customer registration information and registers the customer so that the customer can use the Internet.

When the data providing server 51 receives the acquisition request data for requesting the acquisition of the content data from the request terminal 52 in response to the operation of the registered customer, the data is received by the receiving section 59, The search unit 62 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 56 based on the acquisition request data, and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 61 to the request terminal 52.

As a result, the data providing server 51 selects and specifies the desired content data on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data from the request terminal 52, and the content data and the portable dedicated terminal 53
When the reservation data representing the specified information (hereinafter, referred to as customer reservation information) is transmitted by selecting and specifying which of purchase and rental are to be obtained, etc. Received by the receiving unit 59.

At this time, the data providing server 51 reads out the specified content data from the content database 56 based on the reservation data by the content search unit 62, and transmits the read out content data from the transmission unit 61 to the client before delivery to the customer. The data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 53 and recorded.

As described above, the data providing server 51
It is possible to prepare a portable dedicated terminal 53 in which content data is recorded for purchase and rental according to the customer's request. Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 53 is sold or delivered to the customer directly or by delivery. Can be rented.

When the data providing server 51 receives the acquisition request data for requesting the acquisition of the content data from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, the data is received by the receiving unit 59 and the content search server 51 retrieves the content. The unit 62 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 56 based on the acquisition request data, and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 61 to the portable dedicated terminal 53 of the customer.

As a result, the data providing server 51 specifies desired content data on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, and purchases and downloads the content data. When the content designation data representing the designated information (hereinafter referred to as designated information) is transmitted by designating which of the rentals to acquire, etc., the receiving unit 59 receives the data.

At this time, the data providing server 51 reads out the specified content data from the content database 56 based on the specified content data by the content search unit 62, and transmits the read content data from the transmission unit 61 to the portable type of the customer. The data is transmitted to the dedicated terminal 53 and recorded.

As described above, the data providing server 51
Using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the customer can easily use the content distribution on the Internet and freely obtain desired content data.

By the way, the data providing server 51 issues customer identification information (hereinafter referred to as a customer ID) unique to the customer at the time of customer registration and adds the customer identification information to the customer information. Is stored in the customer database 55 as customer registration information, and the stored customer registration information is managed by the customer ID.

The data providing server 51 transmits the customer ID issued to the customer at the time of customer registration from the transmitting unit 61 to the request terminal 52 to notify the customer. When issuing various requests to various dealers using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the customer ID is used to identify the customers who have issued the requests to these dealers by the customer ID.

Therefore, when the data providing server 51 receives various data (for example, content designation data) transmitted from the request terminal 52 or the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold or rented to the customer by the receiving unit 59, the data providing server 51 updates the data. The section 60 sends the content of the data (information such as the title and rental period of the content data to be purchased and rented by the customer) to the customer database 55 as additional customer information, thereby obtaining customer registration information of the customer who has requested acquisition of the content data. Then, the additional customer information is added and the customer registration information is updated.

Thus, the data providing server 51 can grasp the customer's preference and the like based on the customer registration information in the customer database 55.

When the data providing server 51 transmits the customer permission data for permitting the customer information to be disclosed to the advertiser or the company from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, the data is transmitted to the data providing server 51. The receiving unit 59 reads out the customer registration information of the customer who has permitted the disclosure of the customer information from the customer database 55 based on the customer permission data by the matching unit 63, and based on the read customer registration information, the advertiser. The advertiser company registration information in the company database 58 is searched.

As a result of the search for the advertiser / company registration information by the matching unit 63, the data providing server 51 selects an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data matching the customer's preference. The advertiser company introduction data is generated based on the advertiser company registration information of the main and the company and transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the customer's portable dedicated terminal 53, thus providing the customer with distribution data that suits his / her taste. Introduce advertisers and businesses that are

As described above, the data providing server 51
Advertisers and companies that provide customers with desired distribution data can be easily selected from among a large number of advertisers and companies. Can be provided.

When the customization request data for customizing the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer is transmitted, the data providing server 51 receives the customization request data by the receiving section 59 and transmits the received customization request data to the customer. Based on this, the customization registration screen data stored in advance in the content database 56 is read by the content search unit 62 from the content database 56, and the read customization registration screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the customer's portable dedicated terminal 53.

As a result, when the data providing server 51 transmits the screen customization information for the content selection screen input on the customization registration screen based on the customization registration screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, This is received by the receiving unit 59, and the screen customizing information is transmitted to the customer database 55 by the updating unit 60, thereby adding the screen customizing information to the customer registration information of the customer and updating the customer registration information.

[0097] Then, when the data providing server 51 transmits the acquisition request data using the portable dedicated terminal 53 from the customer who has requested customization of the content selection screen, the data providing server 51 receives the data by the receiving unit 59, Update section 6
At 0, the screen customization information added to the customer registration information of the customer is read from the customer database 55, and the read screen customization information is sent to the content search unit 62.

Then, the data providing server 51 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 56 by the content search unit 62, processes the read content selection screen data based on the screen customization information, and obtains the obtained customization screen. The screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the portable dedicated terminal 53 of the customer.

Thus, the data providing server 51
Each time the acquisition request data is transmitted from the customer who has requested customization of the content selection screen using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the content data is selected on the customization screen obtained by customizing the content selection screen based on the customization screen data. Can be.

Incidentally, the data providing server 51 can also select information for customizing the color of the housing of the portable dedicated terminal 53 on the customization registration screen in the portable dedicated terminal 53 rented to the customer. When the case customizing information for designating the case color is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 53, the case customizing information is received by the receiving unit 59, and the case customizing information is transmitted to the customer database 55 by the updating unit 60. Accordingly, the case customizing information is added to the customer registration information of the customer and updated.

The data providing server 51 can then rent the portable dedicated terminal 53 to the customer,
When selling the portable dedicated terminal 53 to the customer, the portable dedicated terminal 53 of the color specified by the housing customizing information is delivered.

Further, the data providing server 51 performs equivalent exchange of content data (for example, a single song) purchased and rented from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer with package media (for example, a single CD). When the equivalent exchange request data desired to be transmitted is transmitted, the data is received by the receiving unit 59.

Then, the data providing server 51 reads out the customer registration information of the customer who has requested the equivalent exchange from the customer database 55 based on the equivalent exchange request data by the updating unit 60, and reads the content data requesting the equivalent exchange. After detecting the usage mode (ie, purchase or rental), the customer package search unit 64
And the package media database 57 based on the equivalent exchange request data and the detection result by the update unit 60.
, The acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer as a target of equivalent exchange and the selling price and title of the package media storing the content data are detected.

The data providing server 51 calculates the difference between the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer detected by the package search unit 64 and the selling price of the package medium, and compares the calculated difference with the content data. The transmitting unit 61 transmits the acquired price, the selling price of the package media, and the title as search result information to the portable dedicated terminal 53 of the customer.

As a result, when the data providing server 51 transmits the exchange approval data for accepting the equivalent exchange from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, the data providing server 51 deletes the content data stored in the package medium. Since the purchase price and the rental price have already been paid by the customer in the form of purchase and rental using the portable dedicated terminal 53, only the difference between the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer and the sales price of the package media is obtained. Electronically, the package media is delivered to the customer directly or by delivery.

As described above, the data providing server 51
The content data occupied by the customer and the exchange value of the package media to be exchanged are made substantially equivalent, and the content data and the package media are exchanged equivalently, whereby the content data purchased and rented by the customer at the portable dedicated terminal 53 is obtained. Can be exchanged for packaged media with a minimum investment.

[0086] Incidentally, every time the customer uses the Internet using the request terminal 52 and the portable dedicated terminal 53, the data providing server 51 provides the customer with a privilege such as a discount by a point issuing unit (not shown) according to the use status. Are issued to the customer database 55 by the updating unit 60, and the points are sequentially added to the customer registration information of the customer to update the customer registration information.

When the customer requests to use points instead of money for equivalent exchange processing, the data providing server 51 determines the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer and the sales price of the package media. The difference is settled using the points issued to the customer.

When renting the content data to the customer, the data providing server 51 periodically searches the customer registration information in the customer database 55 by the updating unit 60, and the rental period of the rented content data ends. When the rental period of the content data is about to end, confirmation screen data for confirming whether the rental has ended is transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the customer's portable dedicated terminal 53.

As a result, when the data providing server 51 transmits a rental end notification for terminating the content data rental on time from the portable dedicated terminal 53 sold and rented to the customer, the reception unit 59 receives the notification. Then, the updating unit 60 updates the corresponding customer registration information in the customer database 55 by adding the rental end notification, and returns the content data at the dealer (ie, deletes the content data from the portable dedicated terminal 53). Is transmitted from the transmission unit 61 to the portable dedicated terminal 53.

On the other hand, the data providing server 51
As a result of transmitting the confirmation screen data to the portable dedicated terminal 53,
When the rental extension notice for extending the rental period of the content data is transmitted, the rental extension notice is received by the receiving section 59 and updated by adding the rental extension notice to the corresponding customer registration information in the customer database 55 by the updating section 60. I do.

[0091] In addition, the data providing server 51
When the content data is not returned even after the rental period ends, the updating unit 60 causes the customer database 55 to return.
In addition to the corresponding customer registration information, the erasure information indicating that the content data is forcibly erased is added and updated, and the transmission unit 61 sends to the portable dedicated terminal 53 an erasure instruction of the content data whose rental period has ended. The content data is transmitted and erased in the portable dedicated terminal 53.

On the other hand, when a customer's registration request is input by the customer via the operation unit 70, the request terminal 52 generates registration request data representing the registration request by the request data generation unit 71, and the generated registration request The request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 72 to the data providing server 51.

As a result, upon receiving the customer registration screen data transmitted from the data providing server 51 by the receiving unit 73, the request terminal 52 sends the received customer registration screen data from the display control unit 74 to the display unit 75. Thereby, the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is displayed.

When the customer information is entered on the customer registration screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 70 by the customer, the request terminal 52 transmits the customer information as customer information data to the request terminal 52 as the customer information data. To the data providing server 51.

When the customer inputs a content data acquisition request via the operation unit 70, the request terminal 52 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request by the request data generation unit 71, and the generated acquisition The request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 72 to the data providing server 51.

As a result, when the receiving terminal 73 receives the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 51, the request terminal 52 transmits the received content selection screen data from the display control unit 74 to the display unit 75.
To display a content selection screen based on the content selection screen data.

[0097] When the customer reservation information is input on the content selection screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 70 by the customer, the request terminal 52 generates the reservation data by the request data generation unit 71 and generates the reservation data. The transmission section 72 transmits the reservation data to the data providing server 51.

Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 53 before being sold and rented to the customer receives the content data transmitted from the data providing server 51 by the receiving unit 80, and transmits the received content data by the recording control unit 81. By recording it on the recording medium 82, it is sold and rented to the customer in this state.

The portable dedicated terminal 53 actually sold and rented to the customer is operated by the customer through the operation unit 83.
When a playback command is input through the playback control unit 84, the playback control unit 84 plays back the content data from the recording medium 82 based on the playback command, and the played back content data includes a display control unit, a display unit, a speaker, and the like. By sending the content to the playback unit 85, the customer can enjoy the content.

When the customer inputs a content data acquisition request via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request by the request data generation unit 86, and The transmission unit 87 transmits the generated acquisition request data to the data providing server 51.

As a result, when the portable selection terminal 53 receives the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 51 by the receiving section 80, the portable dedicated terminal 53 transmits the received content selection screen data to the reproduction section 85, thereby transmitting the content. A content selection screen based on the selection screen data is displayed.

Then, the portable dedicated terminal 53 is operated by the operation unit 8.
When the content data is selected and designated (including the designation of purchase and rental) on the content selection screen according to the operation 3, the request data generation unit 86 generates the content designation data, and the transmission unit 87 transmits the data to the data providing server 51. Send to

[0103] When the portable terminal 53 receives the content data transmitted from the data providing server 51 by the receiving section 80, the portable control terminal 53 records the received content data on the recording medium 82 by the recording control section 81. Thereafter, the content data is reproduced from the recording medium 82 by the reproduction control unit 84 in response to the operation of the operation unit 83.

Further, when the customer is permitted to disclose the customer information via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53
The request data generation unit 86 generates customer permission data indicating the permission, and transmits the generated customer permission data to the transmission unit 8.
7 to the data providing server 51.

As a result, when the advertiser company introduction data transmitted from the data providing server 51 is received by the receiving unit 80, the portable dedicated terminal 53 sends out the received advertiser company introduction data to the reproduction unit 85. The advertiser and the company are displayed on the screen and the customer selects the desired advertiser and company by operating the operation unit 83 in this state.

Then, the portable dedicated terminal 53 transmits the information of the advertiser and the company selected by the customer to the data providing server 51 via the request data generation unit 86 and the transmission unit 87 in sequence, and as a result, When a contract is concluded with the sponsor and the company, desired distribution data such as an advertisement transmitted from the advertiser / company site is received by the receiving unit 80, and the recording control unit 81
On the recording medium 82.

Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 53 causes the reproduction control unit 84 to operate the recording medium 82 in response to the operation of the operation unit 83.
By reproducing the distribution data from the server and sending the reproduced distribution data to the reproduction unit 85, the distribution data provided from the advertiser company site can be enjoyed by the customer.

In addition, when a customization request is input by the customer via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 generates customization request data representing the customization request by the request data generation unit 86, and The generated customization request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 87 to the data providing server 51.

As a result, when the portable registration terminal 53 receives the customization registration screen data transmitted from the data providing server 51 by the receiving unit 80, the portable exclusive terminal 53 transmits the received customization registration screen data to the reproduction unit 85, and Display the customization registration screen based on the customization registration screen data.

Thus, when screen customization information for customizing the content selection screen on the customization registration screen is input in response to the operation of the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 converts the input screen customization information into the customization registration screen. The request is transmitted to the data providing server 51 via the request data generator 86 and the transmitter 87 in order.

Further, the portable dedicated terminal 53 is provided with an operation unit 83
The user can also input housing customization information for customizing the color of the housing of the portable dedicated terminal 53 on the customization registration screen in accordance with the operation of. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 87 to the data providing server 51 via the request data generation unit 86.

In this way, the portable dedicated terminal 53 can request the data providing server 51 to customize the content selection screen and the casing of the portable dedicated terminal 53, and thus requested such customization. After that, the content data can be selected and specified while the customer-specific customization selection screen obtained by processing the content selection screen based on the screen customization information is displayed on the reproducing unit 85, and the color specified by the customer can be specified. Can be exchanged for the portable dedicated terminal 53.

When the customer inputs an equivalent exchange request via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 generates equivalent exchange request data representing the equivalent exchange request by the request data generation unit 86, and The transmission unit 87 transmits the generated equivalent exchange request data to the data providing server 51.

As a result, when the search result information relating to the equivalent exchange is transmitted from the data providing server 51, the portable dedicated terminal 53 receives the search result information by the receiving unit 80 and sends it to the reproducing unit 85, whereby the search result information is transmitted. Based on the information, the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer for purchase and rental, the sales price and title of the package media, and the difference between these prices are displayed.

As described above, when the customer accepts the equivalent exchange via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 is
The request data generation unit 86 generates exchange consent data representing the consent, and transmits the generated exchange consent data to the transmission unit 8.
7 to the data providing server 51, and thereafter, a method of designating the difference between the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer and the selling price of the package media by the customer (that is, payment by money or payment by points). In this way, the user can be charged electronically, and thus the package media can be obtained with a minimum investment.

By the way, when the portable dedicated terminal 53 receives confirmation screen data for the content data near the end of the rental period from the data providing server 51, the reception unit 80 receives the confirmation screen data and sends it to the reproduction unit 85. By displaying a confirmation screen based on the confirmation screen data, the customer is notified by the confirmation screen that the rental period of the content data is over.

At this time, when the end of or the extension of the rental period is designated by the customer via the operation unit 83, the portable dedicated terminal 53 sends the data providing server 51 from the transmission unit 87 via the request data generation unit 86. Notify.

[0118] Further, the portable dedicated terminal 53 receives an instruction to delete the content data whose rental period has expired from the data providing server 51 because the rental period has expired before returning the content data. The content data whose rental period has expired is erased from the recording medium based on the erasing instruction by the recording control unit when the content data is received by the unit 80, thereby preventing the illegal use (reproduction) of the content data.

In the above-described configuration, in the data providing system 50, the data providing server 51 responds to the reservation data transmitted from the request terminal 52 operated by the customer by using the portable dedicated terminal 53 dedicated to the dealer designated by the customer. For sale and rental by recording the content data designated by the customer.

When the customer receives the content designation data from the customer using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the data providing server 51 reads the content data from the content database 56 in accordance with the content designation data, and reads the read content. The data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 53 for recording.

The data providing server 51 registers customer registration information of the customer who has purchased and rented the portable dedicated terminal 53 in the customer database 55, and the customer uses the portable dedicated terminal 53 to purchase and rent content data. Each time the rental is used, the customer registration information is updated in accordance with the usage status. When the customer is permitted to publish the customer information using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the customer registration information causes the advertiser company database 58 to be updated. Advertiser company registration information is searched to select and introduce advertisers and companies that provide distribution data that meets customer preferences.

Further, when the customer requests customization of the content selection screen using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the data providing server 51 customizes the content selection screen according to the request, and customizes the content selection screen. The customized screen obtained as described above is provided to the portable dedicated terminal 53 of the customer to select content data.

In addition to this, the data providing server 51
When the customer requests equivalent exchange between the purchased and rented content data and the package media using the portable dedicated terminal 53, the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer and the selling price of the package media are reduced. The package media will be offered to customers by paying the difference.

Therefore, in this data providing system 50, even if the customer does not own the network connection device, the KIO
The purchase and rental of the portable dedicated terminal 53 capable of recording and reproducing content data is reserved in advance by the request terminal 52 installed in the SK or the like, and after receiving the reserved portable dedicated terminal 53, the portable dedicated terminal 53 is received. The content data to be distributed can be acquired by using 53.

Further, in this data providing system 50,
If the customer uses the portable dedicated terminal 53, it is possible to easily select content data using a customization screen customized according to his / her request, and to use the content data acquired by distribution with a minimum investment. It can be exchanged for package media storing the content data, and it is also possible to easily select advertisers and companies that provide distribution data that suits their tastes from many advertiser company sites, and Can also be used.

As a result, in the data providing system 50,
Even customers who do not own the network connection device can fully enjoy the convenience of the Internet and use it easily.

In the data providing system 50, a customer who uses the store together with the Internet is easily secured because the customer uses the portable dedicated terminal 53 dedicated to the store to sell and rent it to the customer for use. Thus, entry and use of the Internet by dealers can be facilitated.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 5
In step 1, the mobile terminal 53 sells and rents a dedicated mobile terminal 53 dedicated to a dealer capable of recording and reproducing content data in accordance with the reservation data transmitted from the request terminal 52, and transmits from the sold and rented mobile dedicated terminal 53. Content data is distributed in accordance with the content designation data to be recorded and recorded in the portable dedicated terminal 53, and an advertiser and a company are selected based on customer registration information in accordance with customer permission transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 53. And introduce
The content selection screen is customized according to the customization request transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 53 and provided to the portable dedicated terminal 53, and is distributed according to the equivalent exchange request transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 53. As a result, the exchange value of the content data occupied by the customer and the package media storing the content data are substantially equivalently exchanged. Data that can be easily enjoyed by fully enjoying the convenience and can be easily secured by the dedicated portable terminal 53 to the dealer using the Internet, and thus can further spread the Internet A providing system can be realized.

In the above-described first embodiment, a case has been described in which the customer terminal is requested using the request terminal 52, and the purchase and rental of the portable dedicated terminal 53 are requested. The present invention is not limited to this, and may use a network connection device such as a personal computer instead of the request terminal 52 to request customer registration and request purchase and rental of the portable dedicated terminal 53. As a result, not only the customer who does not own the Internet connection device but also the customer who owns the Internet connection device can use the portable dedicated terminal 53 to enjoy the convenience of the Internet more than ever. it can.

(3) Second Embodiment FIG. 5 shows a data providing system 10 according to a second embodiment.
0 to the data providing server 101 corresponding to the system management site 2 and the dealers 4A to 4N described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and a portable type terminal similar to the portable dedicated terminal 7A to 7N described above with reference to FIGS. The dedicated terminal 102 is directly connected to the data providing server 101, and the request terminal 103 corresponding to the customer 3 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 (that is, the request terminal used by the customer 3); Are connected via the Internet 105.

The data providing server 101 has a customer database 110 and a content database 111. A customer registration generated by executing the same customer registration as the customer registration described above with reference to FIGS. 1 and 4 in the customer database 110. Information (including the name of the customer, the customer ID, the account number of the customer's bank, etc.) is stored.

The data providing server 101 stores a large number of content data in the content database 111, and unique content identification information for each content data (hereinafter, this is referred to as a content ID).
And a data table generated by listing content accompanying information including a title (for example, a song name) and a price (sales price and rental price).

[0133] Then, the data providing server 101 provides customer reservation information (hereinafter referred to as rental reservation information in particular) for reserving content data in a rental format from the request terminal 103 by the operation of the customer who wants to rent the content data. Is transmitted via the Internet 105 as rental reservation request data, it is received by the receiving unit 115, and the received rental reservation request data is converted into recording control data by the charging processing unit 116 and transmitted to the recording control unit 117. Send out.

Here, the data providing server 101 stores the dedicated terminal identification information unique to the portable dedicated terminal 102 (hereinafter referred to as a dedicated terminal ID) for recording the content data that the recording control unit 117 has requested for rental by the customer. ) Is generated, and the generated rental reservation reception data is transmitted from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103 via the Internet 105 to receive the rental reservation of the content data desired by the customer. Notify.

Further, the data providing server 101 reads out the content data requested by the customer for rental from the content database 111 by the recording control unit 117 based on the recording control data, and notifies the customer of the read content data. By transmitting the content data to the portable dedicated terminal 102 having the terminal ID, the content data is recorded on a recording medium in the portable dedicated terminal 102.

Thus, the data providing server 101
Records the content data requested by the customer in the portable dedicated terminal 102 having a recording / reproducing function of the content data, and thereafter, the customer goes to, for example, a dealer where the data providing server 101 is installed. When the customer comes to the store, the content data desired for rental is delivered to the customer together with the portable dedicated terminal 102.

Thus, the data providing server 101 can rent the content data together with the portable dedicated terminal 102 to the customer according to the rental period, and allow the customer to play the content data on the portable dedicated terminal 102 to entertain. It has been made like that.

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 6 together with FIG.
The rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103 includes the name of the customer, the customer ID, the password, the title of the content data D1 to be rented, the rental period, and the method of paying the rental fee (in cash at the store and using a prepaid card). (Payment, payment by a prepaid card at the request terminal, payment by credit).

Therefore, when the data providing server 101 receives the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103 by the receiving unit 115, the data processing server 101 uses the rental processing request data D2 based on the rental reservation request data D2 to determine the method of paying the rental fee. Information (hereinafter referred to as payment information) is extracted.

When the payment information specifies payment by credit, the data providing server 101 causes the charging processing unit 116 to execute the rental reservation request data D
2 based on the customer ID included in the customer database 11
From 0, the customer registration information of the customer who wants to rent the content data D1 is read, and the data table in the content database 111 is searched based on the title of the content data D1 included in the rental reservation request data D2. The accompanying information of the content data D1 requested for rental by the customer is read.

Thus, the data providing server 101 stores the rental fee of the portable dedicated terminal 102 and the account number of the bank of the dealer, the rental reservation request data D2, and the customer registration information stored in advance by the charging processing unit 116. When,
By executing a charging process based on the accompanying information of the content data D1, billing information indicating a billing amount to the customer according to the rental period of the content data D1 and account numbers of the customer and the dealer is generated, The generated billing information is transmitted from the transmission unit 118 to the payment processing server 104 via the Internet 105.

As a result, when the payment processing server 104 completes the electronic payment processing based on the billing information and transmits the payment completion notification, the data providing server 101 receives the payment completion notification by the receiving unit 115 and performs the billing processing. The charging control unit 116 adds the dealer ID to the rental reservation request data D2 and recognizes the recording control data D.
3 and sends the generated recording control data D3 to the recording control unit 117.

By the way, when the recording processing data D3 is generated by the charging processing unit 116, the data providing server 101 has coded the name of the customer included in the rental reservation request data D2 as the customer registration information. In addition to changing the name of the customer, the title of the content data D1 is changed to the content ID, the number of days of the rental period is coded, and the account number of the customer is added.

Then, the data providing server 101 sends the recording control data D3 from the charging processing unit 116 to the recording control unit 11
7, the recording control unit 117 generates rental reservation reception data and transmits the rental reservation reception data from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103.

Thereafter, based on the recording control data D3 by the recording control unit 117, the data providing server 101 stores the content data D1 that the customer has requested to rent in the contents of the recording control data D3. 102 and the content data D1
Is copied by adding copy history information indicating the copy history to generate header data D4, and the header data D4 is added to the content data D1 that the customer wants to rent and recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102. I do.

Thus, the data providing server 101 can easily identify that the portable dedicated terminal 102 rented to the customer and the content data D1 have been rented at their own shop by the header data D4. .

The portable dedicated terminal 102 rented to the customer monitors whether the rental period of the content data D1 has passed according to the rental period information stored in the header data D4. Is not returned after the rental period (that is, when the content data D1 is
02 when it is not returned)
1 is made unreproducible so that the rented content data D1 can be prevented from being used improperly even after the rental period has passed.

Furthermore, the portable dedicated terminal 102 writes the number of copies to the copy history information in the header data D4 when the rented content data D1 is illegally copied while rented to the customer. Thus, when returned to the dealer, the copy history information in the header data D4 can inform the customer that the content data D1 has been improperly copied.

[0149] Further, when the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103 specifies that the payment by the prepaid card at the request terminal 103 is to be made, the data processing server 101 causes the charging processing unit 116 to execute the portable dedicated terminal 102. Of the content data D1 by performing a charging process based on the rental fee, the rental reservation request data D2, and the accompanying information of the content data D1, and the calculated amount is calculated. The information on the billed amount is transmitted as billing data from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103 via the Internet 105.

As a result, the data providing server 101 receives the prepaid payment end data transmitted from the request terminal 103 based on the billing data after the payment by the prepaid card is received by the receiving unit 115, and the billing processing unit 116 Rental reservation request data D storing information indicating that payment by a prepaid card has been completed at request terminal 103 instead of account number
2 to generate a record control data D3 by adding a dealer ID, and the generated record control data D3 is stored in the record control unit 11
7

Then, the data providing server 101 sends the recording control data D3 from the charging processing unit 116 to the recording control unit 11
7, the recording control unit 117 transmits the rental reservation reception data from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103 in the same manner as described above, and generates the header data D4 based on the recording control data D3 to generate the content data D1. At the same time, it is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102.

Further, when the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103 designates cash and prepaid card payment at the store, the data providing server 101 sets the customer account number by the charging processing unit 116. Instead, the store control ID D3 is generated by adding the dealer ID to the rental reservation request data D2 storing the information indicating that the payment by the cash and the prepaid card has been completed at the store, and the generated recording control data D3 is It is sent to the recording control unit 117.

In this case as well, the data providing server 101 sends the recording control data D3 from the charging processing unit 116 to the recording control unit 117 in the same manner as described above, and the recording control unit 117 sends the rental reservation reception data to the transmitting unit. 118
To the request terminal 103, generate header data D4 based on the recording control data D3, and record the header data D4 together with the content data D1 in the portable dedicated terminal 102.

Incidentally, in the data providing server 101, the prepaid card slot is provided in the charging processing section 116, and when the payment by the prepaid card at the store is designated, the charging processing section 116 rents the content data D1. The billing amount to the customer corresponding to the period is calculated, and when the customer comes to the store to receive the portable dedicated terminal 102 and the prepaid card owned by the customer is inserted into the slot, the prepaid card is used. Settle customer rental fees.

The data providing server 101
It is possible to cope with a case where a customer comes to the store and requests a rental of the content data D1. In this case, a salesclerk of a dealer deals with the operation information input unit shown in FIG.
When the rental information having the same content as the above-described rental reservation request data D2 is input, the input rental information is transmitted to the charging processing unit 116, and thus the same as the above-described rental reservation using the request terminal 103 is performed. Then, the content data D1 is recorded in the portable dedicated terminal 102.

On the other hand, the request terminal 102 (FIG. 5)
When the customer inputs rental reservation information similar to the content of the above-described rental reservation request data D2 via the operation information input unit 120, the request data generation unit 122 transmits the rental reservation information via the operation information determination unit 121 to the rental reservation information. The above-mentioned rental reservation request data D2 is generated based on the above, and the generated rental reservation request data D2 is transmitted to the transmission unit 123.
From the data providing server 1 via the Internet 105
Send to 01.

As a result, when the rental reservation receiving data is transmitted from the data providing server 101 via the Internet 105, the request terminal 103 receives the rental reservation receiving data by the receiving unit 124, and determines the received rental reservation receiving data by the determining unit. By sending the content data D1 to the display unit 126, the customer is notified that the reception of the rental reservation of the desired content data D1 is completed, and the dedicated terminal ID of the portable dedicated terminal 102 to be rented together with the content data D1 is reported. .

[0158] Incidentally, the request terminal 103 is provided with a charging processing unit 127 having a slot for a prepaid card, and when the prepaid payment is designated by the request terminal 103 via the operation information input unit 120, the operation information The discrimination unit 121 discriminates this and notifies the billing processing unit 127.

Then, the request terminal 103 transmits the rental reservation request data D2 at this time to the data providing server 10.
1 is received by the receiving unit 124, and the received charging data is determined by the determining unit 125 and transmitted to the charging processing unit 127.

When the prepaid card owned by the customer is inserted into the slot of billing processor 127, request terminal 103 uses the prepaid card based on the billing data by billing processor 127 to request the rental fee of the customer. After the payment is completed, prepaid payment end data is generated and transmitted from the transmission unit 123 to the data providing server 101 via the Internet 105.

Here, the rental reservation processing procedure by the data providing server 101 and the request terminal 103 of the data providing system 100 will be described except for the payment of the rental fee (that is, the billing processing), as shown in FIG. First, the request terminal 103 executes the routine R
It enters from the start step of T1 and moves to step SP1.

In step SP1, the request terminal 103 waits for the customer to input the rental reservation information via the operation information input section 120. When the rental reservation information is input, the request terminal 103 proceeds to the subsequent step SP2 and makes a request. The data generation unit 122 generates the rental reservation request data D2, transmits the generated rental reservation request data D2 from the transmission unit 123 to the data providing server 101 via the Internet 105, and proceeds to step SP3.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 7B, the data providing server 101 proceeds from the start step of the routine RT2 to the following step SP11, and in this step SP11, the rental reservation request data D2 from the request terminal 103. Of the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103.
Is received by the receiving unit 119, the process proceeds to step SP12.

In step SP12, the data providing server 101 generates the recording control data D3 using the rental reservation request data D2 by the charging processing unit 116, and proceeds to the subsequent step SP13.

[0165] In step SP13, the data providing server 101 generates rental reservation acceptance data, transmits it to the request terminal 103 from the transmission unit 118 via the Internet 105, and proceeds to step SP14.

At this time, the request terminal 103 waits for transmission of the rental reservation acceptance data from the data providing server 101 in step SP3, and in this step SP3,
When the rental reservation reception data transmitted from 01 is received, the process proceeds to subsequent step SP4.

At step SP4, the request terminal 103 displays the rental reservation reception data on the display unit 126.
To display to the customer that the reception of the rental reservation of the content data D1 has been completed, and the dedicated terminal ID of the portable dedicated terminal 102 to be rented together with the content data D1, and the subsequent step SP5 Then, the process of the request terminal 103 ends.

In step SP14, the data providing server 101 generates the header data D4 based on the recording control data D3, and proceeds to step SP15. After the header data D4 is added to the content data D1 and recorded on the recording medium in the portable dedicated terminal 102, the process proceeds to step SP16, and the processing of the data providing server 101 ends. Thus, the data providing system 100 ends the rental reservation process for the content data D1.

In the above configuration, in the data providing system 100, the data providing server 1 installed in the dealer
01, a large number of content data D1 are stored in the content database 111, and when a customer requests a reservation for rental of the desired content data D1 using the request terminal 103, the data providing server 10
1, the content data D1 is transferred to the portable dedicated terminal 1
02, and thereafter, when the customer comes to the dealer, the reserved content data D1 is rented together with the portable dedicated terminal 102.

Therefore, in the data providing server 100, a customer has a function of recording and reproducing the content data D1, such as a personal computer, and is capable of acquiring the content data D1 by connecting to the Internet (hereinafter, referred to as a personal computer).
Even if the user does not own a content acquisition device), the content can be easily provided as data by the portable dedicated terminal 102 rented at the dealer.

In the data providing system 100, when renting the content data D1, the rental of the desired content data D1 can be reserved in advance using the request terminal 103 with respect to the data providing server 101. While the content data D1 is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102, the customer does not have to wait, and the portable dedicated terminal 102 can be smoothly handed together with the content data D1 to the customer who comes to the dealer.

Further, in the data providing system 100, even when the customer operates the request terminal 103 to reserve the rental of the content data D1, the recording control data D3 for recording the content data D1 on the portable dedicated terminal 102 is provided. To notify the customer that the rental reservation has been accepted at the time when the
02 while the content data D1 is recorded, the rental reservation of the content data D1 can be smoothly performed without having the customer wait in front of the request terminal 102.

By the way, although it has already been described that a content acquisition device is required to use the distribution of the content data D1 by the Internet 105, knowledge of the Internet 105 to be used for the distribution of the content data D1 is also required. Without knowledge of 105, distribution of the content data D1 may not be easily received.

On the other hand, if the data providing system 100 according to the second embodiment is used, although the customer uses the Internet 105 when reserving the rental of the content data D1, the data providing server 151 can use a simpler method. Dedicated request terminal 10 directly accessed by operation
3, the rental of the content data D1 is reserved, so that not only a customer who does not own the content acquisition device but also a customer who does not have knowledge of the Internet 105 can easily acquire the content data.

According to the above arrangement, the request terminal 103 reserves the rental of the desired content data D1 with the data providing server 101 having the content database 111 in which a large number of content data D1 are stored. To record the desired content data D1 in the portable dedicated terminal 102, and together with the content data D1, the portable dedicated terminal 102
By renting content, it is possible to more easily provide content data to customers who do not own a content acquisition device, thus realizing a data providing system that can dramatically improve usability. it can.

In the above-described second embodiment, the case has been described in which the portable dedicated terminal 102 dedicated to the dealer is rented together with the content data D1, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this. Type dedicated terminal 102
May be sold to a customer, and the content data D1 may be recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 for rental and purchase. By doing so, even when the user desires to purchase the content data D1, the purchased content data D1 can be recorded and stored in the purchased portable dedicated terminal 102 in the same manner, and the usability of the data providing system 100 can be further improved. Can be improved.

Further, in the above-described second embodiment, the case has been described where the content data D1 desired for rental is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 dedicated to the dealer, but the present invention is not limited to this. Alternatively, the content data D1 to be rented and purchased may be recorded on a portable recording / reproducing device such as a portable telephone or a portable MD (Mini Disc Sony trademark) player brought to the store by the customer. good. In this way, the customer who owns the content acquisition device can easily use the data providing system, and the versatility of the data providing system can be improved.

Furthermore, in the above-described second embodiment, a case has been described where content data is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 at the dealer in response to the customer reservation information from the request terminal 103. The present invention is not limited to this. For example, the content data may be recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 in a state where the content data is at a manufacturing company, a sales company, or the like using the Internet or the like. In this way, the content data can be rented properly even when the portable dedicated terminal 102 is directly delivered to the customer from the factory or the like.

(4) Third Embodiment FIG. 8 in which parts corresponding to those in FIG.
Shows a data providing system 150 according to an embodiment of the present invention,
The data providing server 15 corresponding to the system management site 2 and the dealers 4A to 4N described above with reference to FIGS.
1 and the second embodiment except that the data providing server 151 is connected to the content server 152 corresponding to the system management site 2 described above with reference to FIGS. The configuration is the same as that of the data providing system 100.

[0180] In this case, the content server 152 is the content database 153 of the data providing server 151.
And more content data D1 than the content data D1 stored in the
Database 154 storing a data table generated by listing accompanying information (consisting of content ID, title, sales price, rental price, etc.)
Is provided.

The content database 153 of the data providing server 151 includes the content server 1
52, a part of the large number of content data D1 stored in the content database 154 and the content stored in the data table stored in the content database 154 of the content server 152 by the data providing server 151. A new data table generated by associating information representing the data D1 is stored.

Further, the data providing server 151 is provided with a received data discriminating section 155 for discriminating what kind of data the data received by the receiving section 115 is.
When the receiving unit 115 receives the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted via the, the received rental reservation request data D2 is transmitted from the received data determination unit 155 to the charging processing unit 156.

Then, the data providing server 151 searches the data table in the content database 111 based on the rental reservation request data D2 by the charging processing unit 156, and retrieves the content data D1 desired by the customer for rental. Database 11
1 is determined.

As a result, when the data providing server 151 confirms that the content data D1 rented by the customer is stored in the content database 111 by the charging processing unit 156, the data providing server 151 continues to record the content data D1 by the charging processing unit 156. The control data D3 is sent to the recording control unit 157.

As a result, the data providing server 151 transmits the rental reservation reception data from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103 by the recording control unit 156, and generates the header data D4 based on the recording control data D3 to generate the content data. Portable dedicated terminal 10 with D1
Record in 2.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 9 together with FIG. 8, the data providing server 151 does not store the content data D1 desired by the customer in the content database 111 by the charging processing unit 156. When it is confirmed, the charging processing unit 156 uses the rental reservation request data D2 in the same manner as the charging processing unit 116 of the data providing server 101 (FIG. 5) according to the second embodiment described above with reference to FIGS. Although the recording control data D3 is generated (the charging process is also executed), the recording control data D3 is transmitted from the transmission unit 118 to the content server 152 via the Internet 105 as the content acquisition request data.

[0187] As a result, when the requested content data D1 is returned from the content server 152 together with the content acquisition request data via the Internet 105, the data providing server 151 receives the content data D1 by the receiving unit 115 and determines the received data. The content data D1 and the content acquisition request data are sent from the reception data discrimination unit 155 to the recording control unit 157.

Thus, the data providing server 151 generates the header data D4 by adding the dedicated terminal ID and the copy history information to the content acquisition request data (ie, the recording control data D3) by the recording control unit 156. Then, the generated header data D4 is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 together with the content data D1 obtained from the content server 152.

[0189] Thus, the data providing server 151
Even if the rental of the content data D1 not stored in the content database 111 is requested, the content data D1 is stored in the content server 15.
2 and can be rented to customers.

By the way, this data providing server 151
When acquiring the content data D1 from the content server 152, it takes more time to receive the rental reservation than in the case where the content data D1 desired by the customer is stored in the content database 153 of the data providing server 151.

[0191] Therefore, the data provider 151 generates the rental reservation reception data by the reception data discriminator 155, and transmits the generated rental reservation reception data to acquire the content data D1 from the content server 152. Has been notified that the rental reservation has been accepted.

The data providing server 151 has the same contents as the rental reservation request data D2 input by the clerk of the dealer through the operation information input unit 119 when the customer comes to the store and requests the rental of the content data D1. The rental information of the request terminal 10 is transmitted from the operation information discriminating unit 158 to the billing processing unit 156.
3, the content data D1 is recorded in the portable dedicated terminal 102 in the same manner as when making a rental reservation.

Further, the data providing server 151 newly stores the content data D in the content database 153.
When the content information including the content ID for storing No. 1 is input via the operation information input unit 119, the content information is transmitted from the operation information determination unit 158 to the request data generation unit 159, and the request data generation unit The content request data representing the content information is generated by 159 and transmitted from the transmission unit 118 to the content server 152 via the Internet 105.

As a result, the data providing server 151 sends the desired content data D1 from the content server 152.
When the accompanying information is transmitted together with the
5 and the received content data D1
Then, by transmitting the associated data from the received data discriminating unit 155 to the recording control unit 157, the recording control unit 157 stores the content data D1 and the associated information in the content database 153.

As a result, although it takes a relatively long time to acquire the content data D1 from the content server 152, the data providing server 151 compares, for example, the rental request among the content data D1 not stored in the content database 153. The most appropriate ones are obtained from the content server 152 and stored in the content database 153, so that it is possible to quickly respond to a rental request by a customer.

On the other hand, the content server 152 (FIG. 8)
Is transmitted from the data providing server 151 to the Internet 105.
When the content acquisition request data is transmitted via the content acquisition request data, the content acquisition request data is received by the reception unit 160, the content ID is extracted from the content acquisition request data by the content ID extraction unit 161 and transmitted to the content search unit 162. The content acquisition request data is transmitted to the transmission data generation unit 164.

Thus, the content server 152 searches the content database 154 based on the content ID by the content search unit 162, reads out the corresponding content data D1, sends it to the transmission data generation unit 164, and Generator 164
The content acquisition request data is added to the content data D1 by the
5 to the data providing server 151.

When content request data is transmitted from the data providing server via the Internet 195, the content server 152 receives the content request data by the receiving unit 160, and the content ID extracting unit 161 extracts the content ID from the content request data. Is extracted and sent to the content search unit 162.

As a result, the content server 152 searches the content database 154 based on the content ID by the content search unit 162, reads out the corresponding content data D1 and the accompanying information, and reads the read content data D1 and the associated information. The information is transmitted from the transmission unit 165 via the transmission data generation unit 164 to the data providing server 151 via the Internet 105.

[0200] Thus, the content server 152
Can provide the content data D1 to the data providing server 151.

Here, the rental reservation processing procedure by the data providing server 151, the request terminal 103, and the content server 152 of the data providing system 150 will be described except for the payment of the rental fee (that is, the billing processing). As shown in ()), first, the request terminal 103 executes the same processing as that described above with reference to FIG. 7 (A) from the start step of the routine RT1.

On the other hand, the same reference numerals are given to the parts corresponding to those in FIG. 7B, and as shown in FIG. 10B, the data providing server 151 performs the following steps SP11 and SP from the start step of the routine RT3. When the processing of SP12 is sequentially executed, the process proceeds to step SP21,
In 21, the charging processing unit 156 searches the data table in the content database 153 to determine whether it is necessary to acquire the content data D <b> 1 that the customer wants to rent from the content server 152.

Obtaining a positive result in step SP21 indicates that the content data D1 rented by the customer is not stored in the content database 153 of the data providing server 151. At this time, the data providing server 151 Moving to step SP22, the recording control data D generated by the charging processing unit 156
3 as content acquisition request data from the transmission unit 118 via the Internet 105 to the content server 152.
And proceeds to step SP23.

Here, as shown in FIG. 10 (C), the content server 152 proceeds from the start step of the routine RT4 to the following step SP31, where the content acquisition request data from the data providing server 151 is transmitted. Waiting for transmission, when the receiving unit 119 receives the content acquisition request data transmitted from the data providing server 151, the process proceeds to step SP32.
Move on to

[0205] In step SP32, the content server 152 searches the content database 154 by the content search unit 162 based on the content ID extracted from the content acquisition request data by the content ID extraction unit 161. After reading out the content data D1 having the content ID, the process moves to step SP33.

[0206] In step SP33, the content server 152 adds the transmission data generator 164 to the content data D1 read from the content database 154.
The transmission unit 16 adds the content acquisition request data
5 to the data providing server 151 via the Internet 105, and then proceeds to step SP34 to end the processing of the content server 152.

In step SP23, the data providing server 151 that has transmitted the content acquisition request data to the content server 152
When the content data D1 transmitted from the content server 152 is received by the receiving unit 115 (the content acquisition request data is received together with the content data D1), the process proceeds to step SP24. Move on.

In step SP24, the data providing server 151 sends the received content data D1 and the content acquisition request data from the received data discriminating unit 155 to the recording control unit 157, and the received data discriminating unit 155 causes the rental reservation receiving data to be transmitted. Is generated and transmitted from the transmission unit 118 to the request terminal 103 via the Internet 105. Then, the processes in steps SP14 and SP15 are sequentially performed. Then, the process proceeds to step S25, and the process of the data providing server 151 ends. Thus, the data providing system 150 ends the rental reservation process for the content data D1.

[0209] By the way, obtaining a negative result in step SP21 means that the content data D1 rented by the customer is stored in the content database 153 of the data providing server 151. The providing server 151 performs step S
The process proceeds to P24, where the recording control data D
3 is generated by the recording control unit 157 having received the
After transmitting the request to the request terminal 103 through Step 5, the process proceeds to Step SP14.

In the above configuration, in the data providing system 150, the data providing server 151 having the content database 153 storing a large number of content data D1 A content server 152 having a content database 154 storing data D1 is connected.

In the data providing system 150, when the data providing server 151 receives the rental reservation request data D2 transmitted from the request terminal 103 operated by the customer, the content data D1 requested by the customer for rental is obtained. Is determined in the content database 153 of the data providing server 151, and if the content data D1 desired by the customer is not stored, the content server 1
52, the content data D1 is acquired and recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 rented to the customer.

Therefore, in the data providing system 150, the size of the content database 153 provided in the data providing server 151 can be relatively reduced, and even if the size of the content database 153 is reduced in this manner, a request by a customer is required. Various types of content data D1 can be rented accurately.

In the data providing system 150, the size of the content data server 153 provided in the data providing server 151 can be reduced, so that the capital investment of the dealer where the data providing server 151 is installed is significantly reduced. Can be done.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 151 having the content database 153 storing a large number of content data D1 has the content database 154 storing the content data D1 more than the data providing server 151. The data server 152 is connected to the content server 152 and receives a rental request from a customer. If the content data D1 desired for rental is not stored in the content database 153, the content server 1
By acquiring the content data D1 from the server 52 and renting it to the customer, in addition to the effects obtained by the above-described second embodiment, the size of the content database 153 provided in the data providing server 151 can be significantly increased. It is possible to realize a data providing system capable of appropriately renting various types of content data D1 requested by customers even if the size of the content database 153 is reduced as well as the size can be reduced.

[0215] In the third embodiment, a part of the large number of content data D1 stored in the content database 154 of the content server 152 is stored in the content database 153 of the data providing server 151. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and different content data D1 may be stored in the content databases 154 and 153 of the content server 152 and the data providing server 161. Further, different content data D1 may be dispersedly stored in the content databases of the many data providing servers 151 and the content servers 152, and in this case, the content provided in the data providing servers 151 and the content servers 152 may be stored. The size of the database can be further reduced as a whole.

In the third embodiment, the data providing server 151 is the content server 152.
Has been described above, the present invention is not limited to this. The content data D1 is automatically selected from the package media purchased and rented and sold by the dealers for reproduction. A changer may be installed, and the data providing server 151 may acquire the content data D1 from the changer, or use the content server 152 and the changer in combination.

Further, in the third embodiment described above, a case has been described in which the portable dedicated terminal 102 dedicated to the dealer is rented together with the content data D1, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this. Type dedicated terminal 10
2 may be sold to a customer, and the content data D1 may be recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 for rental and purchase.

Further, in the third embodiment described above, a case has been described where the content data D1 desired for rental is recorded on the portable dedicated terminal 102 dedicated to the dealer, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, the content data D1 to be rented and purchased may be recorded in a portable recording / reproducing device such as a mobile phone or a portable MD player brought by the customer to the dealer.

(5) Fourth Embodiment FIG. 11 shows a data providing system 200 according to a fourth embodiment. The mediation server 201 corresponding to the system management site 2 described above with reference to FIGS. The portable dedicated terminal 202 corresponding to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and the advertiser company server 203 corresponding to the advertiser company site 6 described above with reference to FIGS. It is configured to be connected through.

[0220] The mediation server 201 is
1. A customer database 210 for registering a customer who uses the Internet 204 via the Internet 1 and an advertisement for registering an advertiser and a company who want to provide distribution data such as an advertisement to the customer using the Internet 204. It has a main company database 211.

The intermediary server 201 stores the advertiser company registration screen data in the advertiser company database 211 in advance, and requests registration from the advertiser company server 203 of the advertiser and company for which the advertiser company registration is desired. When the registration request data to be transmitted is received by the receiving unit 212, the advertiser company information updating unit 213 reads out the advertiser company registration screen data from the advertiser company database 211 based on the registration request data, The read advertiser company registration screen data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 214 to the advertiser company server 203 via the Internet 204.
Send to

As a result, the intermediary server 201 enters the advertiser company as shown in FIG. 12A input by the operator on the advertiser company registration screen based on the advertiser company registration screen data from the advertiser and company server 203. When the information is transmitted as the advertiser company registration information data, this is received by the receiving unit 212.

Here, as shown in FIG. 12A, the advertiser company information provided from the advertiser company server 203 to the mediation server 201 includes a company name (ie, advertiser name information and company name information), Telephone numbers and e-mail addresses, distribution genre information indicating the genre to which the contents of the distribution data to be provided belong (for example, domestic cars and foreign cars, rock music and classical music, Hollywood movies and Japanese movies, etc.), and advertisers and corporate catchphrases It is composed of various information unique to the advertiser and the company, such as business content information represented by comments and condition numbers indicating conditions for concluding a contract with the customer, and is directly input by the advertiser and the operator of the company, Alternatively, it is generated by selecting from various options presented by the mediation server 201.

When the intermediary server 201 acquires such advertiser company information, the advertiser company information updating unit 213 causes the advertiser company information unique to the advertiser or company that has requested registration (hereinafter referred to as the “advertiser company information”). Is referred to as an advertiser company ID), and the issued advertiser company ID is transmitted from the transmitting unit 214 to the advertiser company server 203 of the advertiser and company requesting the registration via the Internet 204.

In addition, the mediation server 201
As shown in FIG. 2 (B), the advertiser company information updating unit 213 adds an advertiser company ID to the advertiser company information acquired from the advertiser and the company, and the advertiser company database 211 as advertiser company registration information. , The advertiser and the company are registered, and the advertiser and the company receive the registration request from time to time and execute the advertiser / company registration process.

Also, the mediation server 201 stores customer registration screen data in the customer database 210 in advance,
Portable dedicated terminal 202 by the operation of the customer who wants to register
When the registration request data for requesting registration is transmitted from the customer information updating unit 21
5 reads the customer registration screen data from the customer database 210 based on the registration request data, and transmits the read customer registration screen data from the transmission unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 202 via the Internet 204.

As a result, the mediation server 201 obtains the customer information as shown in FIG. 13 (A) input on the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 202 by the operation of the customer who wishes to register. Is transmitted as the customer registration information data, this is received by the receiving unit 212.

Here, as shown in FIG. 13A, the customer information provided from the customer to the mediation server 201 includes a name,
Gender and age, and the genre of interest (for example,
Information on domestic cars and foreign cars, rock music and classical music, Hollywood movies and Japanese movies, etc. (hereinafter referred to as customer preference genre information) and preference information that expresses one's preferences etc. by comments, and contracts with advertisers and companies And personal information, such as a condition number indicating a condition for connecting the e-mail address and an e-mail address assigned in advance to the portable dedicated terminal 202 used by the customer.
It is generated such that the customer directly inputs or selects from various options presented by the mediation server 201.

By the way, as shown in FIG. 14, the conditions for concluding a contract between the customer, the advertiser, and the company are as shown by adding condition numbers 1 to 6 to “customer communication”. "Advertisers and companies pay a part of the fee,""Advertisers and companies discount prices for customer purchases of products, etc.", "Purchasing products etc. using net mileage points earned by customers Use for payment at the time, "" Give gifts from advertisers and companies to customers according to the points of net mileage earned by customers, ""
"Access to sites of advertisers and companies with a contract for a certain period of time or more every month", "Customer purchases a certain amount of products or more every month from advertisers and companies with a contract", and the like.

[0230] Upon acquiring such customer information, the mediation server 201 issues a customer ID to the customer by the customer information update unit 215, and transmits the issued customer ID from the transmission unit 214 via the Internet 204. The data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the customer and stored.

[0231] The mediation server 201 is configured as shown in FIG.
At this time, the customer is updated by adding a customer ID to the customer information by the customer information updating unit 215 and storing the customer information in the customer database 210 as customer registration information. Accept and execute customer registration process.

Thereafter, the mediation server 201 transmits the content designation data including the customer ID in order to request, for example, distribution of the content data to various dealers from the portable dedicated terminal 202 by the operation of the customer who has registered the customer. When,
This is temporarily received by the receiving unit 212.

At this time, the mediation server 201 detects the customer registration information of the customer by searching the customer database 210 based on the customer ID included in the content designation data by the customer information updating unit 215, and detects the customer registration information. After the customer registration information is updated by adding the content of the content designation data to the customer registration information as additional customer information, the content designation data is transmitted from the transmission unit 214 to the dealer via the Internet 204.

[0234] In this manner, the mediation server 201 relays the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 to the dealer every time the customer uses the dealer through the Internet 204, as shown in FIG. As shown, in the customer registration information by the customer information updating unit 215, access genre information indicating the genre of the content data acquired by the customer from the dealer, access counter information indicating the number of acquisitions of the content data of the genre, The information of the amount paid for the acquisition is added, and the contents of the customer registration information are sequentially updated.

[0235] By the way, the intermediary server 201 changes the customer according to the usage situation (content data purchase or rental price, Internet usage time, etc.) every time the customer uses the dealer using the portable dedicated terminal 202. Information update unit 2
Points (net mileage) for giving discounts and the like to the customer are issued by 15 and the points are added to the customer registration information every time the points are issued.

[0236] Thus, the mediation server 201 can grasp the preference of the customer based on the customer registration information in the customer database 210.

By the way, the mediation server 201 (FIG. 11)
Is customer permission data (customer permission) for permitting disclosure of his / her own customer information to the advertiser or company in order to contract with the advertiser and company to obtain distribution data from the portable dedicated terminal 202 by the operation of the customer. ID) is sent,
This is received by the receiving unit 212, and the received customer permission data is taken into the matching unit 216.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 15, the matching section 216 takes in the customer permission data received by the receiving section 212 into the monitor section 220, and the monitor section 220 adds the customer ID contained in the customer permission data to the customer ID. The customer registration information of the customer who has been permitted to be disclosed is read from the customer database 210 and sent to the discrimination unit 221, and the advertiser company information extraction unit 223 via the delay unit 222.
Also sent out.

The matching unit 216 determines whether the
As a genre of the content data acquired by the customer from the access genre information and the access counter information in the customer registration information, there is a genre in which the number of acquisitions of the content data is equal to or more than a preset threshold (for example, 100). It is determined whether or not.

Here, the matching unit 216 determines whether the
If there is a genre representing the number of acquisition times equal to or greater than the threshold in the customer registration information according to 21, it is determined that the genre is a genre that matches the customer's current taste, and it is determined that the customer can be introduced to the advertiser and the company, As a result, the genre indicating the number of acquisition times equal to or greater than the threshold is notified to the advertiser / company information extraction unit 223 as customer preference information.

The matching unit 216 searches the advertiser company registration information in the advertiser company database 211 by comparing the distribution genre information contained therein with the customer preference information by the advertiser company information extraction unit 223. Advertiser and company advertiser and company registration information providing distribution data of the genre indicated by the customer preference information (FIG. 12B)
And the advertiser company introduction information for introducing the advertiser and the company to the customer is generated from the read advertiser company registration information except for the advertiser company ID as shown in FIG.

The matching unit 216 uses the advertiser company information extraction unit 223 to transmit the advertiser company introduction information as advertiser company introduction data according to the mail address indicated in the customer registration information given from the delay unit 222.
An advertiser and a company that provide the customer with distribution data according to their tastes by transmitting to the portable dedicated terminal 202 from the Internet via the Internet 204 are introduced.

On the other hand, when the determining unit 221 determines that there is no genre representing the number of acquisitions equal to or greater than the threshold in the customer registration information, the matching unit 216 introduces the customer to the advertiser and the company because the taste of the customer is unclear. It is determined that it cannot be performed, and the result of the determination is notified to the advertiser company information extraction unit 223.

Then, the matching unit 216 generates the advertiser / company introduction impossible information indicating that the advertiser / company information extraction unit 223 could not find the advertiser and the company providing the distribution data matching the customer's preference. And the delay unit 22
According to the e-mail address indicated in the customer registration information given from 2, the information of the advertiser company cannot be introduced is transmitted from the transmission unit 214 to the Internet 204 as the advertiser company cannot be introduced data.
To the mobile-type dedicated terminal 202 to inform the customer that an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data matching his / her preference cannot be found at this time.

[0245] As described above, the mediation server 201 introduces the advertiser and the company to the customer. As a result, the advertiser selected by the customer from the introduced advertiser and the company from the introduced portable terminal 202 by the operation of the customer. When the advertiser / company selection data (including the customer ID) indicating the company is transmitted, the data is received by the receiving unit 212, and the received advertiser / company selection data is received by the monitor unit 220 of the matching unit 216.
From the advertiser company information extraction unit 223 via the determination unit 221
Take in.

Here, when generating the advertiser company introduction information, the matching unit 216 extracts the customer registration information and customer preference information used in the generation of the advertiser company introduction information.
23 temporarily.

Accordingly, when the advertiser company information extracting unit 223 captures the advertiser company selection data, the matching unit 216 obtains customer registration information (FIG. 13) based on the customer preference information.
(B)), as shown in FIG. 18, customer introduction information is generated by selectively using information of matching preferences to introduce a customer to an advertiser and a company, and the customer introduction information is generated according to the advertiser / company selection data. Is transmitted from the transmitting unit 214 to the advertiser / company advertiser / company server 203 selected by the customer via the Internet 204 as customer introduction data.

As a result, the mediation server 201 shown in FIG.
Can introduce advertisers and companies that provide useful distribution data to customers who request introduction of advertisers and companies, and provide their own distribution data to advertisers and companies. It is made to be able to introduce the customer who needs.

By the way, as a result of introducing the advertiser and the company to the customer, brokerage server 201 transmits advertiser / company unselectable data indicating that there is no advertiser and the company to which the customer wants to make a contract from portable dedicated terminal 202. Then, by receiving this by the receiving unit 212, the matching unit 216 is prevented from executing the generation of the customer introduction information so that the customer permission data is transmitted again from the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the customer. Await.

When introducing a customer to an advertiser and a company, the mediation server 201 collects a customer introduction fee from the advertiser and the company.

[0251] Then, as a result of transmitting the customer introduction data to the advertiser company server 203, the intermediary server 201 transmits contract establishment data from the advertiser company server 203 when the advertiser and the company enter into a contract with the customer. After receiving this by the receiving unit 212, by transmitting the contract establishment data from the transmitting unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 202 via the Internet 204, the contract between the advertiser and the company is established by the customer. Notify.

At this time, the mediation server 201 updates the advertiser company registration information in the advertiser company database 211 based on the contract establishment data by the advertiser company information updating unit 213, as shown in FIG. In addition to adding and updating contract establishment customer ID information indicating the customer ID of a customer who has made a contract with the company, customer registration information in the customer database 210 is also shown in FIG. As shown, the contracted advertiser company ID information indicating the advertiser company ID of the advertiser and the company that has made a contract with the customer is added and updated.

As a result, the mediation server 201 can grasp the contract status between the customer, the advertiser, and the company based on the updated customer registration information and the advertiser company registration information. Can prevent re-introduction of advertisers and companies that have already contracted when customers who have contracted with companies are allowed to disclose customer information to sign new advertisers and companies. It has been made like that.

Also, as a result of transmitting the customer introduction data to the advertiser company server 203, the intermediary server 201 transmits contract failure data from the advertiser company server 203 when the advertiser and the company have forgotten the contract with the customer. Then
This is received by the receiving unit 212, and the received contract failure data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 214 to the Internet 204.
To the mobile terminal 202 via the mobile terminal 202 to notify the customer that the contract with the advertiser and the company has not been established.

By the way, when the intermediary server 201 generates the advertiser company introduction information and the customer introduction information described above with reference to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, the contracted customer ID is obtained from the original advertiser company registration information and the customer registration information. By excluding the information and the contract establishment advertiser company ID information, leakage of personal information unnecessary for the contract to the advertiser, the company and the customer is prevented.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 11, when a registration request is input by the operator via the operation unit 230, the advertiser company server 203 transmits the registration request as registration request data to the transmission unit 231 by the transmission control unit 231. 232 to the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204.

As a result, the advertiser company server 203 receives the advertiser company registration screen data transmitted from the intermediation server 201 by the receiving unit 233, and displays the received advertiser company registration screen data from the display control unit 234. Part 23
5, the advertiser company registration screen based on the advertiser company registration screen data is displayed on the display unit 235.

When the operator operates the operation unit 230 with the advertiser company registration screen displayed on the display unit 235, the advertiser company server 203 sets the operation unit 2
The advertiser company information described above with reference to FIG. 12A input on the advertiser company registration screen in response to the operation of 30 is transmitted by the transmission control unit 231 as advertiser company registration information data from the transmission unit 232 via the Internet 204. Send it to the mediation server 201.

As a result, the advertiser / company server 203 sends the registered mediation server 201 to the advertiser and the company.
Is received by the receiving unit 233 and stored in the distribution information database 236, and thereafter, when accessing the mediation server 201, the advertiser company ID is identified using the advertiser company ID. To do.

Thus, the advertiser company server 203
After registering with the mediation server 201, when the customer introduction information described above with reference to FIG. 17 is transmitted from the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204 as customer introduction data, the customer The data is taken into the selection unit 237.

In this case, the advertiser / company server 203 refers to the contract conditions and the Internet usage status based on the customer introduction data by the customer selection unit 237 to make a contract with the customer introduced from the mediation server 201. Judge whether or not to tie.

[0262] When the advertiser / company server 203 determines by the customer selection unit 237 to enter into a contract with the customer introduced from the mediation server 201, the transmission data generation unit 238 generates contract establishment data, and The transmission control unit 231 and the transmission unit 232
And the mediation server 2 via the Internet 204 sequentially
Send to 01.

At this time, the advertiser company server 203 notifies the transmission control unit 231 that the customer selection unit 237 has determined to make a contract with the customer. Out of the various kinds of distribution data stored in advance, the distribution data suitable for the preference of the contracted customer is appropriately read, and the read distribution data is transmitted from the transmission unit 232 via the Internet 204 to the customer's portable dedicated terminal 202. Send to

Thus, the advertiser company server 203
Is capable of appropriately providing distribution data that meets the customer's preference to a contracted customer.

By the way, when the advertiser / company server 203 determines that the customer selection unit 237 does not make a contract with the customer introduced from the mediation server 201, the transmission data generation unit 238 generates contract failure data, The generated contract failure data is transmitted to the mediation server 201 via the transmission control unit 231 and the transmission unit 232 and the Internet 204 sequentially.

The portable dedicated terminal 202 is operated by the customer who wants to register with the mediation server 201 by using the operation unit 24.
When a registration request is input via the “0”, the request data generation unit 241 generates registration request data and transmits it from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204.

As a result, the portable dedicated terminal 202 receives the customer registration screen data returned from the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204 by the receiver 243, and displays the received customer registration screen data on the display controller and the display controller. By transmitting the data to the reproducing unit 244 including a unit and a speaker, the reproducing unit 244 displays a customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data.

When the operation unit 240 is operated by the customer while the customer registration screen is displayed on the reproduction unit 244, the portable dedicated terminal 202 performs input on the customer registration screen in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 240. The customer information described above with reference to FIG. 13A is transmitted by the request data generation unit 241 from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204 as customer registration information data.

Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 202 receives the customer ID transmitted via the Internet 204 from the mediation server 201 which has completed the customer registration by the receiving unit 243, and stores the received customer ID in the recording control unit 245.
Take in.

[0270] Here, the portable dedicated terminal 202 can identify various data fetched from the receiving unit 243 into the recording control unit 245 based on the identifier previously added to the data by the recording control unit 245. Has been made.

Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 202 is
D, the client I
By recording D on the recording medium for customer 246, when accessing the mediation server 201 or accessing the dealer through the mediation server 201 thereafter, the customer ID is used for the mediation server 201 and the dealer. So that it can be identified.

Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 202 is
After registering the customer in the mediation server 201,
The request data generation unit 24 transmits the designation information of the desired content data input through the operation unit 240 by the operation of the customer.
1 and transmitted from the transmission unit 242 to the dealer via the mediation server 201 as content designation data to which the customer ID has been added.

As a result, the portable dedicated terminal 202 receives the desired content data transmitted from the dealer in the receiving section 2.
43, the received content data is identified by the recording control unit 245 and recorded on the dealer's recording medium 247, and thereafter, in response to the operation of the operation unit 240, the playback controller 248 sends the received content data to the dealer. The content data is reproduced from the recording medium 247 for use, and the reproduced content data is transmitted to the reproducing unit 244 so that the customer can enjoy the content.

When the customer inputs permission information for permitting disclosure of customer information via the operation unit 240, the portable dedicated terminal 202 transmits the customer permission data representing the permission information to the request data generation unit 241. Then, the generated customer permission data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 242 to the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204.

[0275] As a result, when the advertiser company introduction data is transmitted from the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204, the portable dedicated terminal 202 receives the advertiser company introduction data by the receiving unit 243, and receives the received advertiser company introduction data. Is transmitted to the reproducing unit 244, so that the advertiser company introduction screen based on the advertiser company introduction data displays the mediation server 20.
The advertiser and the company introduced from 1 are presented to the customer.

[0276] When the customer selects a desired advertiser and company via the operation unit 240, the portable data terminal 202 displays the selected advertiser and company by the request data generation unit 241. The company selection data is generated, and the generated advertiser company selection data is transmitted by the transmitting unit 242.
To the mediation server 201 via the Internet 204.

As a result, when the advertiser and the company enter into a contract with the customer and the mediation server 201 transmits the contract establishment data via the Internet 204, the portable dedicated terminal 202 transmits By receiving and transmitting the received contract establishment data to the reproducing unit 244, the customer is notified that the contract with the advertiser and the company has been established.

[0278] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 202 is
Advertiser and corporate advertiser company server 20 contracted with the customer
When the distribution data is transmitted from the receiving unit 243,
Then, the received distribution data is identified by the recording control unit 245 and recorded on the recording medium for customer 246, and thereafter, in response to the operation of the operation unit 240, the recording medium for customer is transmitted by the reproduction control unit 248. 246, and reproduces the distribution data from the reproduction unit 2.
The information is transmitted to the client 44 and various information based on the distribution data can be presented to the customer.

[0279] Further, when the advertiser and the company have forgotten the contract with the customer and the intermediary server 201 has transmitted the contract failure data, the portable dedicated terminal 202 receives the data by the receiving section 243, and receives the data. By sending the contract unsuccessful data to the playback unit 244, the customer is notified that the contract with the advertiser and the company has not been established.

[0280] By the way, when the portable exclusive terminal 202 returns the advertiser company introduction impossible data as a result of transmitting the customer permission data to the intermediary server 201, the portable exclusive terminal 202 receives the data.
By transmitting the received advertiser / company introduction unavailable data to the reproducing unit 244, the mediation server 201 notifies that the advertiser and the company that could be introduced to the customer could not be found at present.

[0281] In addition, as a result of presenting the advertiser and the company introduced from the mediation server 201 to the customer, the portable dedicated terminal 202 determines whether the advertiser who wishes to make a contract with the advertiser and the company introduced by the customer via the operation unit 240 is displayed. When non-selectable information indicating that there is no company is input, the request data generation unit 24
1 generates the advertiser company selectable data representing the selectable information, and transmits the generated advertiser company selectable data to the mediation server 201 from the transmission unit 242 via the Internet 204.

By the way, as described above, the portable dedicated terminal 202 is provided with the recording medium 246 for the customer and the recording medium 247 for the store, and the mediation server 201 and the advertiser company server other than the store. The data (customer ID and distribution data) acquired from 203 is recorded on the customer recording medium 246 separately from the data (content data) acquired from the dealer.

[0283] Thus, when the portable dedicated terminal 203 deletes the content data rented from the dealer from the recording medium 247 for the dealer at the end of the rental period, the customer, such as the customer ID and the distribution data, receives the information from the customer other than the dealer. It is almost certainly prevented that data acquired for use with the content data is accidentally erased.

[0284] Here, the advertiser company registration processing procedure by the intermediary server 201 and the advertiser company server 203 of the data providing system 200 is summarized. First, as shown in FIG. R
The process enters from the start step of T10 and moves to step SP101.

In step SP101, the advertiser company server 203 waits for the operator to input a registration request via the operation unit 230. When the registration request is input, the process proceeds to step SP102.

At step SP102, the advertiser company server 203 sends the registration request as registration request data from the transmission unit 232 to the mediation server 2 by the transmission control unit 231.
01 and then proceeds to step SP103.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 21B, the mediation server 201 enters from the start step of the routine RT11, moves to step SP111, and waits for the registration request data to be transmitted from the advertiser company server 203. If the registration request data transmitted from the advertiser company server 203 is received by the receiving unit 212, the process proceeds to step SP112.

[0288] In step SP112, the mediation server 201 causes the advertiser company database 21 to be updated by the advertiser company information updating unit 213 based on the received registration request data.
1 and reads out the advertiser company registration screen data and transmits the read advertiser company registration screen data to the transmitting unit 214.
To the advertiser company server 203 from step SP1
Move to 13.

At this time, the advertiser company server 203 waits for the advertiser company registration screen data to be transmitted from the intermediary server 201 in step SP103, and the advertiser company registration screen data is received by the receiver 233. Then, the procedure moves to step SP104.

[0290] In step SP104, the advertiser company server 203 transmits the advertiser company information input on the advertiser company registration screen based on the advertiser company registration screen data by the operator via the operation unit 230 by the transmission control unit 231. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 232 to the mediation server 201 as the advertiser company registration information data, and the process proceeds to Step SP105.

At this time, in step SP113, the intermediary server 201 waits for the advertiser company registration information data to be transmitted from the advertiser company server 203, and the reception unit 212 receives the advertiser company registration information data. Then, the procedure moves to step SP114.

In step SP114, the mediation server 201 issues an advertiser company ID to the advertiser and the company that has requested registration by the advertiser company information updating unit 213, and transmits the advertiser company ID from the transmission unit 214 to the advertiser company server 203. At the same time, an advertiser company ID is added to the advertiser company information based on the advertiser company registration information data acquired from the advertiser company server 203 to obtain advertiser company registration information, which is recorded in the advertiser company database 211. After registering the advertiser and the company that has requested the registration in step SP115
Then, the process in the mediation server 201 is ended.

[0293] Also, in step SP105, the advertiser company server 203 waits for the transmission of the advertiser company ID from the mediation server 201. When the advertiser company ID is received by the receiver 233, the process proceeds to step SP106. After moving and storing the advertiser company ID in the distribution information database 236, the following step SP107
To end the processing of the advertiser company server 203. Thus, the data providing system 200 ends all the advertiser company registration processing procedures in the intermediary server 201 and the advertiser company server 203.

Also, the advertiser company introduction processing procedure by the mediation server 201 and the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the data providing system 200 is summarized as shown in FIG. 22 (A) and FIG. 23 (A). Type dedicated terminal 20
Step 2 is entered from the start step of the routine RT12 and moves to step SP121.

[0295] In step SP121, the portable dedicated terminal 202 waits for a customer to input a registration request via the operation unit 240. When the registration request is input, the process proceeds to step SP122.

[0296] In step SP122, the portable dedicated terminal 202 sends the registration request as registration request data by the request data generation unit 241 from the transmission unit 242 to the transfer server 2
01 and then proceeds to step SP123.

At this time, FIGS. 22B and 23B
As shown in FIG.
From the start step and move to step SP141,
Waiting for the registration request data to be transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202, and upon receiving the registration request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 by the receiving unit 212, the process proceeds to step SP142.

In step SP142, the mediation server 201 reads the customer registration screen data from the customer database 210 based on the registration request data by the customer information update unit 215, and sends the data from the transmission unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 20.
2 and the process moves to step SP143.

At this time, the portable dedicated terminal 202 waits for the transmission of the customer registration screen data from the mediation server 201 in step SP123, and upon receiving the customer registration screen data by the receiving unit 243, proceeds to step SP124. Move on to

[0300] In step SP124, the portable dedicated terminal 202 converts the customer information entered on the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data by the customer via the operation unit 240 as customer registration information data by the request data generation unit 241. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 201, and proceeds to step SP125.

At this time, the mediation server 201 is waiting for the transmission of the customer registration information data from the portable dedicated terminal 202 in step SP143, and upon receiving the customer registration information data by the receiving unit 212, proceeds to step SP144. Move on to

[0302] In step SP144, the mediation server 201 issues a customer ID to the customer who has requested registration by the customer information updating unit 215, transmits the customer ID to the portable unit 202 from the transmitting unit 214, and transmits After adding the customer ID to the customer information based on the customer registration information data acquired from the terminal 202 and storing it in the customer database 210 as customer registration information to register the customer who has requested the registration, the process proceeds to step SP145.

At this time, in step SP125, the portable dedicated terminal 202 sends the customer I
D is waiting to be transmitted, and when the receiving unit 243 receives the customer ID, the process proceeds to step SP126.
Then, the customer ID is recorded on the customer recording medium 246, and the process proceeds to step SP127.

[0304] In step SP127, the portable dedicated terminal 202 waits for the customer to input any request via the operation unit 240. When the request is input, the process proceeds to step SP128, where the request is transmitted to the customer. It is determined whether or not the request is for permitting information disclosure.

Obtaining a negative result in step SP128 means that the customer's request is designation information for acquiring, for example, content data from various dealers. At this time, the portable dedicated terminal 202 S
Proceeding to P129, the request data generation unit 241 represents the designation information, generates content designation data including the customer ID, and transmits the generated content designation data from the transmission unit 242 to the dealer through the mediation server 201. And returns to step SP127.

Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 202 is
Thereafter, until the customer requests permission to disclose the customer information, every time the customer inputs the specification information of the content data, steps SP127-SP128-S
The processing loop of P129 is repeated.

[0307] On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP128 means that the customer has requested a contract with the advertiser and the company and has requested permission for disclosure of customer information. The dedicated terminal 202 proceeds to step SP130, and indicates a request for permitting the disclosure of the customer information by the request data generation unit 241;
Is generated, the generated customer permission data is transmitted from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 201, and the process proceeds to step SP131.

On the other hand, the mediation server 201 determines in step SP
At 145, the mobile terminal 202 waits for any data to be transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202. When the data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 is received by the receiving unit 212, the process proceeds to step SP146, where the received data is transmitted to the customer. It is determined whether the data is permission data.

[0309] Obtaining a negative result in step SP146 means that the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 has been received for relay to the dealer, and at this time, the relay server 201 S
Moving to P147, the customer information updating unit 215 updates the customer registration information based on the content designation data, and then returns to step SP145.

[0310] In this manner, until the customer permission data is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202, the mediation server 201 executes step SP145 every time the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 is received. −
The processing loop of SP146 to SP147 is repeated to sequentially update the customer registration information.

[0311] Obtaining a positive result in step SP146 means that the customer has received customer permission data by permitting disclosure of customer information to conclude a contract with the advertiser and the company. Mediation server 2
In step SP148, the matching unit 216 determines whether or not there is a genre indicating the number of acquisition times equal to or greater than a threshold for the content data acquired by the customer based on the customer registration information permitted to be disclosed in step SP148.

[0312] Obtaining a negative result in step SP148 means that it is difficult to specify the customer's current preference because there is no genre indicating the number of times of acquisition that is equal to or greater than the threshold for the content data acquired by the customer. At this time, the mediation server 201 sets the matching unit 21
6 generates the advertiser company introduction impossibility data and sends it to the transmission unit 2
14 to the portable dedicated terminal 202 to notify that the advertiser and the company which can be introduced to the customer could not be found at present, and return to step SP145.

On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP148 means that there is a genre representing the number of acquisition times equal to or greater than the threshold for the content data acquired by the customer, and the genre is specified as the customer's current preference. Means that the mediation server 201
Moves to step SP149.

[0314] In step SP149, the mediation server 201 causes the matching unit 216 to execute step SP1.
The advertiser company registration information in the advertiser customer database 211 is searched based on the customer preference specified in 48, and the advertiser and company advertiser company registration information that provides distribution data matching the customer preference Read out.

[0315] Then, the mediation server 201 generates advertiser company introduction information based on the advertiser company registration information read from the advertiser company database 211 by the matching unit 216, and transmits the generated advertiser company introduction information to the advertiser. After the advertiser and the company are introduced to the customer by transmitting the company introduction data from the transmission unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 202, the process returns to step SP145 and returns to step S145.
P145-SP146-SP147-SP148-SP
149 is repeated.

[0316] After transmitting the customer permission data to the mediation server 201, the portable dedicated terminal 202 proceeds to step SP
At 131, the system waits for the transmission of the advertiser company introduction data and the advertiser company introduction impossible data from the intermediation server 201, and transmits the advertiser company introduction data or the advertiser company introduction impossible data transmitted from the intermediation server 201. When receiving by the receiving unit 243, the following step SP
Move to 132.

[0317] In step SP132, when the portable unit 202 receives the advertiser company introduction impossible data by the receiving unit 243, the portable exclusive terminal 202 sends the received advertiser company introduction impossible data to the reproduction unit 244, and the mediation server 201 After notifying the customer that the advertiser and company could not be found out, the process returns to step SP127 and again executes steps SP127-SP128-SP129-S.
The processing of P130-SP131-SP132 is repeated.

[0318] In step SP132, when the reception unit 243 receives the advertiser company introduction data, the portable dedicated terminal 202 sends the received advertiser company introduction data to the reproduction unit 244, so that the intermediation server 201 is provided to the customer. After presenting the advertiser and the company introduced from, the process returns to step SP127 and returns to step SP1 again.
27-SP128-SP129-SP130-SP13
The processing of 1-SP132 is repeated. Thus, the advertiser company introduction processing procedure in the data providing system 200 is executed.

By the way, the contract processing procedure of the mediation server 201, the portable dedicated terminal 202 and the advertiser company server 203 in the data providing system 200 is summarized as shown in FIG.
The portable dedicated terminal 202 that has received the advertiser company introduction data transmitted from No. 1 enters the start step of the routine RT14 and proceeds to step SP161.

[0320] In step SP161, the portable dedicated terminal 202 presents the advertiser and the company introduced from the mediation server 201 to the customer by the reproduction unit 244, and thereby the advertisement desired to be contracted by the customer via the operation unit 240. When the main and the company are selected, step SP162
Move on to

In step SP162, the portable dedicated terminal 202 generates advertiser / company selection data representing the advertiser / company selected by the customer by the request data generation unit 241 and transmits the generated advertiser / company selection data to the transmission unit. 24
2 through the Internet 204 via the mediation server 201
And proceeds to the subsequent step SP163.

At this time, the mediation server 201
As shown in (B), the process enters from the start step of the routine RT15 and proceeds to step SP171 to move to the portable dedicated terminal 2.
02, and waits for the transmission of the advertiser company selection data. When the reception unit 212 receives the advertiser company selection data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202, the process proceeds to step SP172.

At step SP172, the mediation server 201 generates customer introduction information from the customer registration information based on the advertiser company selection data by the matching unit 216, and uses the generated customer introduction information as customer introduction data from the transmission unit 214. The data is transmitted to the advertiser company server 203 via the Internet 204, and the routine goes to Step SP173.

Here, as shown in FIG. 24 (C), the advertiser company server 203 moves from the start step of the routine RT16 to step SP181 at this time, and the customer introduction data is transmitted from the intermediation server 201. When the customer introduction data transmitted from the mediation server 201 is received by the receiving unit 232, the process proceeds to step SP182.

[0325] In step SP182, the advertiser / company server 203 determines whether or not to make a contract with the customer by referring to the contract conditions and the use status of the Internet 204 based on the customer introduction data by the customer selection unit 237. I do.

[0326] Obtaining a negative result in step SP182 means that the contract condition presented by the customer or the Internet 2
04 means that the contract was forgotten because the advertiser and the company did not agree with each other. At this time, the advertiser / company server 203 proceeds to step SP183 and generates the contract failure data by the transmission data generation unit 238. Then, after transmitting the generated contract failure data to the mediation server 201 from the transmission unit 232 via the Internet 204, the process proceeds to step SP184, and the processing of the advertiser company server 203 ends.

[0327] On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP182 means that the advertiser and the company are satisfied with the contract conditions presented by the customer and the usage of the Internet 204 according to the intentions of the advertiser and the company. At this time, the advertiser company server 203 proceeds to step SP185, generates the contract establishment data by the transmission data generation unit 238, and transmits the generated contract establishment data to the transmission unit 232. From the server 204 via the Internet 204, and then proceeds to step SP186.

At step SP 186, the advertiser / company server 203 appropriately reads out the distribution data matching the preference of the contracted customer from the distribution information database 236 by the transmission control unit 231, and transmits the read distribution data to the transmission unit 232. To the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the customer via the Internet 204, and thereafter, the process proceeds to step SP184 to end the processing of the advertiser company server 203.

Also, in step SP173, the mediation server 201 waits for data indicating whether a contract with a customer has been established from the advertiser company server 203 to be transmitted. When the data is received by the receiving unit 212, step S
Move to P174.

[0330] In step SP174, the mediation server 201 determines whether or not the data received from the advertiser company server 203 is contract establishment data.

Obtaining a negative result in step SP174 means that the advertiser and the company have forgotten the contract with the customer and have received the contract failure data transmitted from the advertiser / company server 203. The server 201 proceeds to step SP175 and transmits the contract failure data from the transmission unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 202 via the Internet 204 to notify the customer that the contract with the advertiser and the company has not been established. Thereafter, the process moves to step SP176, and the processing of the mediation server 201 ends.

[0332] On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP174 means that the advertiser and the company have made a contract with the customer and have received the contract establishment data transmitted from the advertiser company server 203. At this time, the mediation server 201 proceeds to step SP177 and transmits the contract establishment data from the transmission unit 214 to the Internet 204.
To the portable dedicated terminal 202 to notify the customer that the contract with the advertiser and the company has been established,
Move to P178.

In step SP178, the mediation server 201 updates the customer registration information in the customer database 210 based on the contract establishment data by the customer information updating unit 215, and updates the contract establishment data by the advertiser company information updating unit 213. After updating the advertiser company registration information in the advertiser company database 211 based on this, the process moves to step SP176 and the processing of the mediation server 201 ends.

[0334] Further, in step SP163, the portable dedicated terminal 202 waits for data indicating whether or not a contract with an advertiser and a company has been established from the mediation server 201, and the portable exclusive terminal 202 transmits the data from the mediation server 201. When the data received is received, the process proceeds to step SP164.

[0335] In step SP164, the portable dedicated terminal 202 determines whether or not the data received from the mediation server 201 is contract establishment data.

Obtaining a negative result in step SP164 means that the advertiser and the company have forgotten the contract and have received contract failure data from the mediation server 201. At this time, the portable exclusive terminal 202 After transmitting the data to the reproducing unit 244 to notify the customer that the contract with the advertiser and the company has not been established, the process shifts to step SP165 to end the processing of the portable dedicated terminal 202.

[0337] On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP164 means that the advertiser and the company have made a contract with the customer and have received contract establishment data from the mediation server 201, and at this time, Terminal 20
2 sends the contract establishment data to the reproducing unit 244 to notify the customer that the contract with the advertiser and the company has been established, and then proceeds to step SP166.

[0338] In step SP166, the portable dedicated terminal 202 waits for the distribution data to be transmitted from the advertiser / company server 203 of the advertiser and the company that has made a contract with the customer. When the receiving unit 243 receives the distribution data, the process proceeds to step SP167.

[0339] In step SP167, the portable dedicated terminal 202 stores the received distribution data in the recording control unit 245.
After recognizing the information and recording it on the customer-specific recording medium 246, it can be freely reproduced and presented to the customer at any time thereafter. Then, the process shifts to step SP165 to end the processing of the portable-type dedicated terminal 202. In this way, all the contract processing procedures by the data providing server 200 are completed.

In the above-described configuration, in the data providing system 200, the intermediary server 201 obtains the advertiser / company information from the advertiser / company advertiser company 203 that provides the distribution data to the customer using the Internet 204. Then, this is stored in the advertiser company database 211 as advertiser company registration information, and the advertiser and the company are registered.

In the data providing system 200, the mediation server 201 obtains customer information from the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the customer who wants to use the Internet 204 using the portable dedicated terminal 202, and issues a customer ID. At the same time, a customer ID is added to the acquired customer information and stored as customer registration information in the customer database 210 to register the customer.

[0342] In this data providing system 200, in order to obtain content data and the like by the portable dedicated terminal 202, the customer ID is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202.
Each time you send content specification data including
The content specifying data is relayed by the mediation server 201 to add and update the content of the content specifying data to the customer registration information in the customer database 210.

[0343] Thus, the data providing system 200
Then, when customer permission data for permitting disclosure of customer information is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202, the mediation server 201
The customer preference is determined based on the customer registration information in the customer database 210, and the advertiser company registration information in the advertiser company database 211 is searched based on the determined customer preference to match the customer preference. Advertiser company registration information of advertisers and companies providing distribution data is read out to generate advertiser company introduction data, which is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 202.

[0344] Therefore, in the data providing system 200, it is possible to easily select an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data that suits their tastes to the customer by greatly reducing the time and cost.

In the data providing system 200, when a desired advertiser and company are selected by the customer as a result of introducing the advertiser and company to the customer, the mediation server 201 uses the customer's personal information based on the customer's personal information. In order to provide the customer introduction data generated from the registration information only to the advertiser / company server 203 of the advertiser and the company selected by the customer and to allow the advertiser and the company to determine whether to make a contract with the customer, Thus, it is possible to almost certainly prevent the personal information of the customer from being unfairly disclosed.

Since the data providing system 200 introduces the customer to the advertiser and the company as described above, the data providing system 200 requests the advertiser and the company for the distribution data provided by the company. The customer can be easily and accurately selected, and the distribution data can be efficiently and accurately provided.

[0347] Further, in this data providing system 200, although the customer uses the portable dedicated terminal 202 dedicated to the dealer, the portable dedicated terminal 202 obtains distribution data provided by the advertiser and the company. Therefore, the versatility of the portable dedicated terminal 202 can be expanded, and the usability can be greatly improved.

In the data providing system 200, the portable dedicated terminal 202 acquires the distribution data from the dealer and stores the customer recording medium 24 different from the content data recorded on the dealer recording medium 247.
6, it is possible to almost certainly prevent the distribution data from being accidentally deleted when the content data rented from the dealer is deleted.

According to the above configuration, the mediation server 201
The customer database 210 for storing the customer information provided by the portable dedicated terminal 202 from the customer and registering the customer, and the advertiser company information provided by the advertiser company server 203 from the advertiser and the company are stored in the customer database 210. An advertiser company database 211 for storing the advertiser and company is stored as advertiser company registration information, and a customer ID issued when the customer is registered from the portable dedicated terminal 202
Each time the content designation data including “!” Is transmitted to the dealer, the customer database 210 is
Is updated by adding the content of the content designation data to the customer registration information, and upon receiving the customer permission data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202, the customer database 2
10. The advertiser company database 211 is searched based on the customer preference determined from the customer registration information in 10, and as a result, advertiser company introduction data is generated based on the selected advertiser and company advertiser company registration information. Mobile dedicated terminal 20
2, it is possible to allow the customer to easily select the advertiser and the company providing the distribution data that suits his / her preference, and thus the customer can easily and appropriately obtain the desired distribution data. It is possible to realize a data providing system that can be reliably obtained.

In the above-described fourth embodiment, upon receiving the customer permission data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 202 by the intermediary server 201, the preference of the customer is determined from the customer registration information in the customer database 210. The case where the advertiser company database 211 is searched for is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the mediation server 201 periodically determines the customer's preference from the customer registration information in the customer database 210. At the time when the customer's preference is determined (ie, when it is detected that the number of times the content data is acquired by the customer is equal to or greater than the threshold), whether the customer information is to be disclosed to the customer by the portable dedicated terminal 202 or not; As a result, customer permission data for permitting disclosure of customer information by the portable dedicated terminal 202 is received from the customer. Once signal, it may be searched advertiser company database 211. In this way, it is almost impossible for the customer to disclose the customer's preferences and to introduce the advertiser and the company at the time of permitting disclosure of the customer information based on the contract with the advertiser and the company. It can be prevented reliably.

In the above-described fourth embodiment, the advertiser company database 2 based on the customer preference determined from the customer registration information in the customer database 210 when the customer permission data is received by the mediation server 201.
11 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. In addition to the customer preference determined from the customer registration information in the customer database 210, the contract described in the customer registration information is also described. The advertiser company database 211 may be searched using the condition. By doing so, it is possible to greatly reduce the possibility of forgoing a contract with a customer based on contract conditions when transmitting customer introduction data to the advertiser / company server 203. , It is possible to more appropriately respond to a request to contract with an advertiser and a company of a customer by improving the probability that a contract is made between the clients.

Further, in the above-described fourth embodiment, the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer preference determined from the customer registration information in the customer database 210 when the customer permission data is received by the mediation server 201. I mentioned that I searched for
The present invention is not limited to this, and the advertiser company database 211 may be searched based on the preference information in the customer information that is the basis of the customer registration information stored in the customer database 210. By doing so, the matching unit 2
At 16, the processing load can be reduced except for the process of extracting customer preferences from customer registration information.

Further, in the above-described fourth embodiment, a case has been described in which the customer uses the mediation server 201 using the portable dedicated terminal 202, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the customer is not limited to this. Is a personal computer, mobile phone, PDA (Personal Digital Assistance)
The mediation server 201 may be used by using various other data acquisition devices as long as the mediation server 201 can be connected to the Internet 204 as shown in FIG. In this way, the introduction of the advertiser and the company by the mediation server 201 can be used by more customers and spread widely.

(6) Fifth Embodiment FIG. 25, in which parts corresponding to those in FIG.
FIG. 13 shows a data providing system 260 according to a fifth embodiment, in which the configuration of a mediation server 261 corresponding to the system management site 2 described above with reference to FIGS.
With respect to the fourth embodiment described above, except for the configuration of the portable dedicated terminal 262 corresponding to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N described above.
It is configured similarly to the data providing system 200 according to the embodiment.

In this case, the mediation server 261 stores the customer using the Internet 204 using the portable dedicated terminal 262 in the customer database 265 in the same way as the mediation server 201 described above with reference to FIG. In addition to the registration, the advertiser and the company providing the distribution data to the customer via the Internet 204 using the advertiser company server 203 are stored in the advertiser company database 211 by storing the advertiser company registration information.

[0356] In the same manner as the mediation server 201 described above with reference to Fig. 11, the mediation server 261 generates a customer database 265 every time the customer uses the Internet 204 to acquire content data using the portable dedicated terminal 262. You have updated your customer registration information.

The mediation server 261 stores customer information input screen data for inputting customer information in advance in the customer database 265 in addition to the customer registration information and customer registration screen data. Receiving the customer permission data transmitted from the mold dedicated terminal 262
6, the customer information updating unit 267 reads customer information input screen data from the customer database 265, and transmits the read customer information input screen data from the transmitting unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 262 via the Internet 204.

[0358] As a result, the mediation server 261 receives the information entered on the customer information input screen based on the customer information input screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 262 in accordance with the operation of the customer.
When the customer information described above with respect to (A) is transmitted as customer information data, the customer information is received by the receiving unit 266 and taken into the matching unit 268.

Here, as shown in FIG. 26, the matching section 268 is constituted by an advertiser / company information extraction section, and the customer preference genre information in the customer information data fetched from the reception section 266 represents the customer preference. Company information having the same genre as the genre shown in the customer preference genre information by searching the advertiser company database 211 based on the extracted customer preference genre information. Read out.

Then, the matching unit 268 generates the advertiser company introduction information described above with reference to FIG. 17 from the advertiser company registration information read from the advertiser company database 211, and transmits the generated advertiser company introduction information to the advertiser company introduction. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 262 via the Internet 204 as data.

As a result, the mediation server 261 introduces an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data matching their preferences to a customer who has permitted the advertiser and the company to release customer information.

As shown in FIG. 25, the portable dedicated terminal 262 is the portable dedicated terminal 2 described above with reference to FIG.
In the same manner as in step 02, the client registration with the mediation server 261 is executed, and various requests are transmitted to the dealer or the like to acquire content data and the like.

[0363] Then, upon receiving a permission request for permitting the advertiser and the company to release the customer information to the advertiser and the company via the operation unit 240, the portable dedicated terminal 262 enters
The request data generation unit 270 generates customer permission data, and transmits it from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 261 via the Internet 204.

[0364] As a result, when the portable information terminal 262 transmits the customer information input screen data from the mediation server 261 via the Internet 204, the portable information terminal 262 transmits the screen data to the receiving unit 271.
By transmitting the received customer information input screen data to the reproducing unit 244, a customer information input screen based on the customer information input screen data is displayed.

[0365] When the customer information is input on the customer information input screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 240 by the customer, the portable dedicated terminal 262 outputs the customer information data representing the customer information by the request data generation unit 270. Is generated, and the generated customer information data is transmitted from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 261 via the Internet 204.

[0366] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 262 is
Based on the advertiser company introduction data provided from the mediation server 261, it is possible to receive an introduction of an advertiser and a company that provide distribution data matching the customer's preference.

The data providing system 260
Introduces the advertiser and the company from the mediation server 261 to the customer, the mediation server 261 and the portable dedicated terminal 262
The advertiser / company server 203 executes a contract processing procedure similar to the contract processing procedure of the data providing system 200 (FIG. 11) described above with reference to FIG. ing.

Here, the advertiser company introduction processing procedure by the mediation server 261 and the portable dedicated terminal 202 of the data providing system 260 is summarized as follows.
As shown in the figure, first, the portable dedicated terminal 262 starts the step SP19 following the start step of the routine RT17.
The process waits for an input of a permission request for disclosing customer information in step 1 and, when a request for permission is input via the operation unit 240 by a customer operation, the process proceeds to step SP192.

[0369] In step SP192, the portable dedicated terminal 262 generates customer permission data by the request data generation unit 270, and transmits the generated customer permission data from the transmission unit 242 to the mediation server 261.
Move to 93.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 27 (B), the mediation server 261 moves from the start step of the routine RT18 to the following step SP201 and moves to the portable dedicated terminal 2
It waits for the customer permission data to be transmitted from 62. When the customer permission data is received by the receiving unit 266, the process proceeds to step SP202.

In step SP202, the mediation server 261 reads the customer information input screen data from the customer database 265 by the customer information updating unit 267 based on the received customer permission data, and transmits the read customer information input screen data to the transmission unit. The data is transmitted from the mobile terminal 214 to the portable dedicated terminal 262, and the process proceeds to step SP203.

[0372] At this time, in step SP193, the portable dedicated terminal 262 waits for the transmission of the customer information input screen data from the mediation server 261. Move to SP194.

[0373] In step SP194, the portable dedicated terminal 262 reproduces the customer information input screen data in the reproducing unit 244.
When the customer information is input by the customer through the operation unit 240 while the customer information input screen is displayed, the customer data is generated by the request data generation unit 270, and the generated customer information data is transmitted. The data is transmitted from the unit 242 to the mediation server 261 and the process proceeds to step SP195.

At this time, in step SP203, the mediation server 261 is waiting for the transmission of the customer information data from the portable dedicated terminal 262, and upon receiving the customer information data by the receiving unit 266, proceeds to step SP204.

[0375] In step SP204, the mediation server 261 searches the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer preference genre information in the customer information data to thereby search for an advertisement having distribution genre information having the same content as the customer preference genre information. The main company registration information is read out, and the routine goes to step SP205.

At step SP205, the mediation server 261 generates advertiser company introduction data based on the advertiser company registration information read from the advertiser company database 211, and transmits the generated advertiser company introduction data from the transmission unit 214. The advertiser and the company are introduced to the customer by transmitting the information to the portable dedicated terminal 262, and the process proceeds to step SP206 to end the processing of the mediation server 261.

[0377] At this time, in step SP195, the portable dedicated terminal 262 waits for the advertiser company introduction data to be transmitted from the mediation server 261. By transmitting the advertiser / company introduction data to the reproducing unit 244, the advertiser and the company introduced from the mediation server 261 are presented to the customer, and the flow shifts to step SP196 to end the processing of the portable dedicated terminal 262. Thus, all the advertiser company introduction processing procedures by the data providing system 260 are completed.

In the above-described configuration, in the data providing system 260, when the disclosure of the customer information to the advertiser and the company is permitted by the customer, the mediation server 261 transmits the customer permission data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 262 to the customer permission data. The customer information input screen data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 262.

[0379] As a result, in the data providing system 260, the mediation server 261 searches the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer preference genre information of the customer information data returned from the portable dedicated terminal 262, thereby obtaining the customer preference genre. By reading the advertiser company registration information having the same distribution genre information as the information, and generating the advertiser company introduction data based on the read advertiser company registration information and transmitting it to the portable dedicated terminal 262, Introduces advertisers and companies that provide distribution data that suits their preferences.

[0380] Therefore, in the data providing system 260, when the customer is permitted to disclose the customer information to the advertiser and the company, the customer information is acquired, and the advertiser / company registration information is obtained based on the acquired customer information. When searching, the advertiser and the company can be introduced by appropriately reflecting the items of interest when the customer desires to provide the distribution data from the advertiser and the company.

That is, the data providing system 260
Then, the interest changes between the time when the customer registers the customer with the mediation server 261 and the time when the customer information is permitted to be disclosed to the advertiser and the company, or the time when the user starts using the portable dedicated terminal 262. Introducing advertisers and companies that provide customers with the desired delivery data by accurately grasping the interests of the customer even when the number of uses of the Internet 204 is relatively small, such as when there is no Internet access. Can be.

According to the above configuration, the customer information input screen data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 262 in response to the customer permission data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 262 by the mediation server 261. The advertiser company database 211 is searched based on the customer preference genre information of the customer information data returned from the terminal 262 to read out the advertiser company registration information having the distribution genre information having the same content as the customer preference genre information, By generating advertiser company introduction data based on the advertiser company registration information and transmitting it to the portable dedicated terminal 262, in addition to the effects obtained by the above-described fourth embodiment, the advertiser company Introduce advertisers and companies that accurately reflect the interests of customers when they want to provide distribution data from companies Bets can be, thus it is possible to realize a data providing system capable of obtaining more proper probability desired distribution data to customers.

In the fifth embodiment described above, the mediation server 261 uses the advertiser company database 2 based on the customer preference genre information in the customer information data.
11 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead of the customer preference genre in the customer information data, a comment indicating the customer's preference in the customer information data or the comment in the comment is displayed. Is searched in the advertiser / company database 211 by matching the characters of the advertiser / company in the advertiser / company registration information, such as a comment such as a tagline of the advertiser or the company, or the characters in the comment. Furthermore, the advertiser company database 211 may be searched using all or a combination of the mutual contract conditions. In this way, it is possible to introduce the advertiser and the company by more accurately reflecting the taste of the customer.

In the fifth embodiment described above, the mediation server 261 searches the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer permission data acquired when the disclosure of the registration information is permitted from the customer. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the mediation server 261 searches the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer permission data acquired when the disclosure of the registration information is permitted from the customer. The method of searching the advertiser company database 211 based on the customer registration information according to the above-described fourth embodiment may be arbitrarily selected by the customer and executed. If you do this,
The data providing system can be used by customers whose interests do not change much or whose interests change relatively frequently, and the usability of the data providing system is improved. Can be.

Further, in the above-described fifth embodiment, a case has been described in which the customer uses the mediation server 201 by using the portable dedicated terminal 262. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the customer is not limited to this. Internet 204, such as personal computers, mobile phones, PDAs, etc.
The mediation server 261 may be used by using various other data acquisition devices as long as the mediation server 261 can be connected to the server. In this way, the introduction of the advertiser and the company by the mediation server 261 can be used by more customers and spread widely.

(7) Sixth Embodiment FIG. 28 shows a data providing system 300 according to a sixth embodiment, and the store 4 described above with reference to FIGS.
The data providing server 301 corresponding to A to 4N
The request terminal 302 corresponding to the customer 3 described above with reference to FIG. 3 (that is, the request terminal used by the customer 3) and the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N described above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. A portable dedicated terminal 303 dedicated to 4N and accessible only to the data providing server 301 is connected via the Internet (not shown).

The data providing server 301 is a customer database 3 for storing customer registration information and customer registration screen data.
10 and a content database 311 for storing a large number of content data, content selection screen data, and customization registration screen data for customizing the content selection screen data according to a customer request.

When the data providing server 301 receives the registration request data requesting the registration of the customer from the request terminal 302, the data providing server 301 receives the registration request data by the receiving unit 312 and takes it into the updating unit 313. The customer registration screen data is read from the customer database 310 based on the registration request data, and the read customer registration screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the request terminal 302.

As a result, when the customer information input on the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is transmitted from the request terminal 302, the data providing server 301 receives this by the receiving unit 312 and updates the received data. The update unit 313 issues a customer ID to the customer requesting registration and adds the customer ID to the customer information, so that the customer information with the customer ID added is stored in the customer database 310 as customer registration information. And register the customer.

[0390] Incidentally, when the customer is registered by the update unit 313, the data providing server 301 generates registration end data including the customer ID and transmits the registration end data to the request terminal 302 from the transmission unit 314. I
D is notified.

When the data providing server 301 receives the acquisition request data requesting the acquisition of the content data from the request terminal 302, the data providing server 301 receives the acquisition request data by the receiving unit 312 and takes it into the search unit 315.
In step 15, the content selection screen data is read from the content database 311 based on the acquisition request data, and the read content selection screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the request terminal 302.

[0392] As a result, when the reservation information is input from the request terminal 302 on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data and the reservation data representing the reservation information is transmitted,
This is received by the receiving unit 312.

The data providing server 301 reads the specified content data from the content database 311 by the search unit 315 based on the reservation data, and transfers the read content data to a dedicated terminal (not shown) via a cable or the like. Mobile terminal (not shown) directly connected to the customer before delivery
To be recorded.

[0394] Thus, the data providing server 301
Is a portable dedicated terminal 303 that accepts content data issued from a customer using the request terminal 302 and purchase and rental advance reservations for the portable dedicated terminal 303 and similarly purchases and rents the purchased and rented content data. The portable dedicated terminal 303 is handed over and sold and rented when the customer comes to the store where the data providing server 301 is installed.

The data providing server 301 can be connected to the portable dedicated terminal 303 sold and rented to the customer via the Internet. When the acquisition request data for requesting acquisition (purchase and rental) is transmitted, it is received by the receiving unit 312 and taken into the search unit 315.

At this time, the data providing server 301 reads out the content selection screen data from the content database 311 based on the acquisition request data by the search unit 315, and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 314 to the portable type of the customer. The data is transmitted to the dedicated terminal 303.

[0397] As a result, the data providing server 301 transmits the content specification data representing the specification information by inputting the specification information of the content data on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 303. Then, this is received by the receiving unit 312 and taken into the search unit 315.

Then, the data providing server 301 reads the specified content data from the content database 311 by the search unit 315 based on the specified content data, and transmits the read content data from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303. Send to and record.

[0399] Thus, the data providing server 301
Is a portable dedicated terminal 303 sold and rented to customers
By transmitting the content data via the Internet to a customer, the customer can use the portable dedicated terminal 303 to purchase and rent the content data.

When the customization request data for customizing the portable dedicated terminal 303 sold and rented is transmitted to the customer, the data providing server 301 receives the customization request data by the reception unit 313 and takes it into the search unit 315. The search unit 315 reads the customization registration screen data stored in advance from the content database 311 based on the customization request data, and transmits the read customization registration screen data from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303. .

[0401] As a result, when the data providing server 301 transmits, as the screen customizing data, the screen customizing information for the content selection screen input on the customizing registration screen based on the customizing registration screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 303, Is received by the receiving unit 312 and is taken into the updating unit 313 and the searching unit 315.

The data providing server 301 reads out the content selection screen data from the content database 311 by the search unit 315, processes the read content selection screen data based on the screen customization data obtained from the customer, and obtains the obtained data. The customized screen data transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303
Send to

Thus, the data providing server 301
Confirms whether the content selection screen has been customized as desired by presenting a customization screen based on the customization screen data to the customer through the portable dedicated terminal 303, and confirms that the content selection screen has been customized as desired. When the confirmation data to be transmitted is transmitted, the update unit 313 adds the screen customization data to the customer registration information in the customer database 310 and updates the customer registration information.

[0404] When the data providing server 301 thereafter obtains the acquisition request data using the portable dedicated terminal 303 from the customer who has requested customization of the content selection screen, the data is received by the receiving unit 312. The update unit 313 reads the screen customization information added to the customer registration information of the customer from the customer database 310 and sends the screen customization information to the matching unit 316.

[0405] Then, the data providing server 301 reads out the content selection screen data from the content database 311 by the matching section 316, and processes the read content selection screen data based on the screen customization information to obtain a customized screen. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303.

[0406] Thus, every time when the acquisition request data is transmitted from the customer who has requested customization of the content selection screen using the portable dedicated terminal 303, the data providing server 301 changes the customization screen data according to the customization request of the customer. The user specifies the content data to be purchased and rented on the customizing screen.

[0407] Incidentally, the data providing server 301 can also select information for customizing the color of the housing of the portable dedicated terminal 303 on the customization registration screen in the portable dedicated terminal 303 rented to the customer. When the case customizing information specifying the color of the case is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 as case customizing data, the case customizing data is received by the receiving unit 312 and is taken into the updating unit 313, and is updated by the updating unit 313. The customization information is added to the customer registration information in the customer database 310 to update the customer registration information.

[0408] Thus, the data providing server 301 is specified by the housing customizing information when the portable dedicated terminal 303 is rented again to the customer or when the portable dedicated terminal 303 is sold to the customer. The portable dedicated terminal 303 of a certain color is delivered.

[0409] On the other hand, when a customer's registration request is input by the customer via the operation unit 320, the request terminal 302 generates registration request data representing the registration request by the request data generation unit 321. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 322 to the data providing server 301.

[0410] As a result, upon receiving the customer registration screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the receiving unit 323, the request terminal 302 sends the received customer registration screen data from the display control unit 324 to the display unit 325. As a result, a customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is displayed on the display unit 325.

[0411] When the customer information is input on the customer registration screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 320 by the customer, the request terminal 302 generates the customer information data by the request data generation unit 321 and sends it to the transmission unit 322. The data is sent to the data providing server 301, and thus the data providing server 301
To perform customer registration.

[0412] When a request to acquire content data is input by the customer via the operation unit 320, the request terminal 302 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request by the request data generation unit 321 and generates the request. The acquisition request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 322 to the data providing server 301.
Send to

[0413] As a result, upon receiving the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the reception unit 323, the request terminal 302 sends the received content selection screen data from the display control unit 324 to the display unit 325. As a result, a content selection screen based on the content selection screen data is displayed on the display unit 325.

[0414] When the reservation information is input on the content selection screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 320 by the customer, the request terminal 302 generates the reservation data by the request data generation unit 321 and transmits the reservation data to the request terminal 302. By transmitting the request to the providing server 301, the purchase and rental reservation for the content data and the portable dedicated terminal 303 by the customer are completed.

[0415] By the way, when the portable dedicated terminal 303 sold and rented to the customer with the content data recorded on the internal recording medium 340 receives a playback command through the operation unit 341, the playback control unit The content data purchased and rented by the customer is reproduced in advance from the recording medium 340 by the recording medium 342, and the reproduced content data is transmitted to the reproduction unit 343 including a display control unit, a display unit, a speaker, and the like, so that the customer can enjoy the content. It has been made possible.

[0416] When the customer inputs a content data acquisition request via the operation unit 341 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, the request data generation unit 344 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request. The generated acquisition request data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 345 to the data providing server 301.
Send to

[0417] As a result, when the portable selection terminal 303 receives the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the receiving unit 346, the portable exclusive terminal 303 transmits the received content selection screen data to the reproduction unit 343, thereby transmitting the content. A content selection screen based on the selection screen data is displayed.

[0418] When the specification information of the content data is input on the content selection screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 341, the portable dedicated terminal 303 requests the request data generation unit 344 to display the content specification data representing the specification information. Is generated and transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301.

[0419] Thus, when the portable unit 303 receives the content data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the receiving unit 346, the portable control terminal 303 records the received content data on the recording medium 340 by the recording control unit 347. Thereafter, the content data is reproduced from the recording medium 340 by the reproduction control unit 342 in response to the operation of the operation unit 341.

[0420] Further, when a customization request is input by the customer via the operation unit 341 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, the request data generation unit 344 generates customization request data representing the customization request. The request data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 345 to the data providing server 301.

[0421] As a result, upon receiving the customization registration screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the receiving unit 346, the portable dedicated terminal 303 transmits the received customization registration screen data to the reproduction unit 343, thereby transmitting the customization registration screen data to the reproduction unit 343. Display the customization registration screen based on the customization registration screen data.

[0422] Thus, when the screen customization information is input on the customization registration screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 341, the portable dedicated terminal 303 requests the request data generation unit 3
The screen customization data representing the screen customization information is generated by 44 and transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301.

[0423] Then, as a result of transmitting the screen customizing data to the data providing server 301, the portable dedicated terminal 303 receives the customizing screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301 by the receiving unit 346, and converts the customizing screen data. By sending it to the playback unit 343, a customization screen based on the customization screen data is presented to the customer.

[0424] As a result, when confirmation information for confirming that the content selection screen has been customized as desired by the customer is input via the operation unit 341 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, the request data generation unit 344 outputs the request. The confirmation data is generated and transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301.
To cause the data providing server to store screen customization information indicating customization contents desired by the customer.

[0425] Thus, when the portable dedicated terminal 303 transmits the content acquisition request data to the data providing server 301 after storing the screen customizing data in the data providing server 301, the portable dedicated terminal 303 transmits the customized screen data transmitted from the data providing server 301. Is received by the receiving unit 346 and transmitted to the reproducing unit 343, so that the content data can be selected for purchase and rental on the customized screen in which the content selection screen is customized.

[0426] By the way, when the portable dedicated terminal 303 receives housing customization information for customizing the color of the housing of the portable dedicated terminal 303 on the customization registration screen in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341. The request data generation unit 344 generates case customization data representing the case customization information, and transmits the case customization data to the data providing server 301 from the transmission unit 345. The body customization information is stored.

In addition to this configuration, in the case of the sixth embodiment, the data providing server 301 is a content server that is a provider of content data and corresponds to the system management site described above with reference to FIGS. When the content database 311 is constructed by acquiring a large amount of content data from the content server 3), a predetermined development tool for creating a content selection screen is acquired from the content server.

[0428] The data providing server 301 uses the development tool to represent the inside of the store as a three-dimensional virtual reality space image, and the customer actually moves around in the store at the store using the three-dimensional virtual reality space image. While selecting package media from the shelf, content selection screen data from which content data can be selected is generated, and the generated content selection screen data is stored in the content database 311.

Incidentally, the data providing server 301 stores in the content database 311 the same content data as the content data in a large number of package media actually sold and rented at the dealer, and also stores the same in the dealer's store. The content selection screen data is generated so that the arrangement of shelves, cashier counters, stairs, and the like, and the arrangement of package media in the shelves, and the like, are almost faithfully reproduced by a three-dimensional virtual reality space image.

[0430] Further, the data providing server 301 stores the new package media on a shelf in the store of the dealer (that is, also obtains new content data from the content server) or the store of the dealer. The content selection screen data is updated regularly or at an arbitrary timing according to the time of renovation, etc., so that the customer who selects the content data on the content selection screen can actually select the package media in the dealer's shop It provides a sense of when you are.

In practice, as shown in FIG. 29, the content selection screen data includes a store appearance image 350 representing the appearance (entrance) of the dealer, and a store first floor image 35 representing each floor in the store.
1 and the second floor image 352 in the store, a shelf image 353 in the store that shows a plurality of shelves containing package media for each genre in the store, and a spine of package media arranged on the shelves to select content data. And a three-dimensional virtual reality space image such as a content selection image 354 for performing the selection, and a selection confirmation image 355 composed of a two-dimensional image for confirming the content data selected by the customer.

In this case, the shop appearance image 350 is provided with a shop entry button 360 for entering the shop and switching the display to the shop first floor image 351.

[0433] Also, the in-store first floor image 351 and the in-store second floor image 352 include in-store movement buttons 361 and 362 for switching the display to the in-store second floor image 352 and the in-store first floor image 351 and other genres. A shelf selection button 363 for selecting a shelf and switching the display to an in-store shelf image 353, and a cashier counter button 364 for switching the display to a selection confirmation image 355 after the customer selects content data to purchase and rent. ing.

[0434] Further, the in-store shelf image 353 is provided with a detail button 365 for distinguishing package media by Japanese syllabary or the like and switching the display to the content selection image 354 for each of the distinguished package media.

[0435] Then, the store exterior image 350, the store first floor image 351, the store second floor image 352, the content selection image 35
4 includes an image of a person assumed as a customer (hereinafter, referred to as a customer image) 366 and a person image assumed as a clerk (hereinafter, referred to as a customer image).
A customer image 366 is displayed, and the customer image 366 is moved as if actually walking in the store, and an enter button 360 and in-store move buttons 361 and 36 are displayed.
2, shelf selection button 363, cashier counter button 364,
By selecting and clicking (clicking) these buttons on the spine of the package medium in the content selection image 354 or in the vicinity thereof, it is possible to input an image specification command assigned to the button in advance. .

In addition, the in-store shelf image 353 and the selection confirmation image 355 display a cursor (not shown) which is displayed in reverse with the detail button 365, the confirmation button 368, the cancel button 369, etc., respectively. By moving the cursor and selecting (clicking) these buttons, a command assigned to the button in advance can be input.

[0437] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 303 that has received the content selection image data first displays the store appearance image 350 of the content selection screen in the reproduction unit 343, and the operation unit 3
In response to the operation of 41, the customer image 36 on the store appearance image 350
6 is moved and the entry button 360 is selected and designated,
A shop first floor image 351 is displayed instead of the shop exterior image 350.

[0438] The portable dedicated terminal 303 is connected to the operation unit 3
In response to the operation of 41, the customer image 3
When the in-store move button 361 is selected and designated, the in-store first floor image 35 is replaced with the in-store first floor image 351.
1 is displayed.

[0439] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 303 is
The customer image 366 is moved on the in-store first floor image 351 or the in-store second floor image 352 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341, and when one of the shelf selection buttons 363 is selected and specified, the in-store first floor image 351 and the in-store 2 Store shelf image 35 corresponding to the selected shelf selection button 363 instead of floor image 352
3 is displayed.

[0440] Then, the portable dedicated terminal 303 moves the cursor on the in-store shelf image 353 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341 and, when one of the detail buttons 365 is selected and designated, the in-store shelf image 353 is displayed. Instead, the corresponding content selection image 354 is displayed.

[0441] Thereby, the portable dedicated terminal 303 moves the customer image 366 on the content selection image 354 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341 and selects and designates the content data as one of the package media. When the buttons 361 and 362 are selected and designated, the in-store first floor image 3 is replaced with the content selection image 354 again.
When the customer image 366 is moved on the second floor image 352 in the store and the cashier counter button 364 is selected and designated in this manner, the second floor image 352 is displayed instead of the second floor image 352. A selection confirmation image 355 is displayed.

[0442] Here, the portable dedicated terminal 303 displays the title of the content data selected by the customer, the name of the customer, the customer ID, the password, and the like in the selection confirmation image 355. The rental period or purchase of the content data can be input by moving the cursor accordingly, and when the rental period or purchase is input, the price for the rental and purchase of the content data is displayed accordingly.

[0443] Then, when the confirmation button 368 is selected and designated by moving the cursor on the selection confirmation image 355 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341, the request confirmation unit 344 displays the selection confirmation image. Content specification data is generated using the information in 355 as specification information, and the generated content specification data is transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301, whereby the content data specified by the customer can be obtained.

On the other hand, the portable dedicated terminal 303
When the cancel button 369 is selected and designated by moving the cursor on the selection confirmation image 355 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341, the content is displayed again by displaying, for example, the first floor image 351 in the store instead of the selection confirmation image 355. Data can be selected.

[0445] In addition, as shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B, the portable dedicated terminal 303 changes the in-store first-floor image 351 and the in-store second-floor image 35 according to the operation of the operation unit 341.
When the customer image 366 is moved on 2 and passed in front of each shelf, the content data desired by the dealer set for the genre for each shelf is reproduced for several seconds,
This allows the customer to view and advertise the content data intended by the dealer.

[0446] Incidentally, since the content selection screen data has a relatively large data amount, the data providing server 301 receives the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303, 303
First, store appearance image 35 is used as content selection screen data.
0 is transmitted, and when the entry button 360 is selected and designated on the store appearance image 350, the content is selected from the portable dedicated terminal 303 so that the data of the store first floor image 351 is transmitted in response to the notification. The store entry button 360 and the store move button 361 on each image constituting the screen data
And 362 or the like, each time the display switching to another image is designated, the corresponding image data is transmitted upon receiving the notification.

[0447] Also, the data providing server 301 moves from the portable dedicated terminal 303 to the designated coordinate position designated in advance to reproduce content data for advertising on the first floor image 351 and the second floor image 352 in the store. Customer image 366
When the designated coordinate position is notified by moving the content, the search unit 315 causes the content database 311 to be notified.
A predetermined portion of the content data corresponding to the notified designated coordinate position stored in advance is read as advertisement data, and the read advertisement data is transmitted to the transmitting unit 3.
14 to the portable dedicated terminal 303.

[0448] Thus, the data providing server 301 divides the content selection screen data into data of each image and content data for advertisement to the portable dedicated terminal 303 and sequentially transmits the data, by dividing the data to the portable dedicated terminal 303.
3 prevents the capacity of the recording medium 340 from increasing.

[0449] Incidentally, the data providing server 301 responds to the customization request by the customer, and the portable dedicated terminal 30
On the customization registration screen provided to the user 3, the image designation command previously assigned to the button (entry button 360 or the like) in each image described above with reference to FIG. A new input unit is added, and the arrangement of the package media in the content selection image 354 is rearranged, for example, in chronological order in which the content data was produced.
4 and various kinds of screen customizing information such as changing the background color of the selection confirmation image 355 arbitrarily.

As a result, the data providing server 301 changes the content selection screen from the display of the store appearance image 370 to the store entry button 37 based on the screen customization data acquired from the portable dedicated terminal 303 as shown in FIG.
After switching to the display of the content selection image 372 in accordance with the selection designation of No. 1, the display of the content selection screen 372 is switched to the display of the selection confirmation image 355, or a new input section 373 is provided in the store appearance image 370 to provide the content. By arbitrarily inputting a data genre or the like, the display is switched to a content selection image 372 corresponding to the input, and a new input unit 3 is also added to the content selection image 372.
74 can be customized according to the customer's request, such as allowing the user to specify and input rental or purchase of content data.

Therefore, the data providing server 301 makes the content selection screen much easier to use for customers who frequently acquire content data using the portable dedicated terminal 303 and customers who acquire content data of a relatively same genre. It has been made to be able to be improved.

By the way, even when the data providing server 301 receives the acquisition request data transmitted from the request terminal 302, the data providing server 301 sends the content selection screen data composed of the data of each image described above with reference to FIG. Has been sent.

[0453] Here, the content providing processing procedure using the content selection screen data by the data providing server 301 and the portable dedicated terminal 303 in the data providing system 300 will be summarized. First, as shown in FIG. The mold dedicated terminal 303 enters from the start step of the routine RT20 and moves to step SP211.

[0454] In step SP211, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for an acquisition request to be input via the operation unit 341 by a customer operation. When the acquisition request is input, the process proceeds to step SP212.

[0455] In step SP212, the portable dedicated terminal 303 generates the acquisition request data by the request data generation unit 344, and sends the acquisition request data from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 3.
01, and proceeds to step SP213.

Here, as shown in FIG. 32 (B), the data providing server 301 enters the routine RT21 from the start step and moves to step SP221, and in this step SP221, waits for the update time of the content selection screen data. When the update time has been reached, the process moves to step SP222, updates the content selection screen data, and moves to step SP223.

[0457] In step SP223, the data providing server 301 waits for the acquisition request data to be transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303. When the acquisition request data is received by the reception unit 312, the data providing server 301 proceeds to step S223.
Moving to P224, the search unit 315 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 311 and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303.
Move to P225.

At this time, in step SP213,
The portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for transmission of the content selection screen data from the data providing server 301, and receives the content selection screen data from the receiving unit 346.
Then, the content selection screen data is sent to the reproduction unit 343 to display the store appearance image 350 of the content selection screen, and the process proceeds to step SP214.

[0459] In step SP214, the portable dedicated terminal 303 starts a subroutine to be described later, and when designation information is input on each image constituting the content selection screen according to the operation of the operation unit 341 by the customer, the step proceeds to step SP214. Move to SP215.

[0460] In step SP215, the portable dedicated terminal 303 generates the content specifying data by the request data generating unit 344, transmits the generated content specifying data from the transmitting unit 345 to the data providing server 301, and proceeds to step SP216. .

At this time, in step SP225,
The data providing server 301 starts a subroutine described later, and the search unit 315 causes the content database 311
After appropriately reading out each image data and advertisement data constituting the content selection screen data from the transmission unit 314 and transmitting them to the portable dedicated terminal 303, the portable dedicated terminal 3
Upon receiving the content designation data transmitted from Step 03, the process proceeds to Step SP226.

[0462] In step SP226, the data providing server 301 reads the content data designated by searching the content database 311 based on the content designation data by the search unit 315, and proceeds to step SP227.

[0463] In step SP227, the data providing server 301 transmits the content data read from the content database 311 from the transmitting unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, and proceeds to step SP228 to end the processing of the data providing server 301. I do.

[0464] In step SP216, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for the transmission of the content data from the data providing server 301. Upon receiving the content data, the portable control terminal 303 proceeds to step SP217 and causes the recording control unit 347 to execute the process. After the content data is recorded on the recording medium 340, the process moves to step SP218, and the processing of the portable dedicated terminal 303 ends. Thus, the data providing server 301 ends all the content providing processing procedures using the content selection screen data.

By the way, as shown in FIG. 33 (A), when starting the subroutine in step SP214, the portable dedicated terminal 303 enters step SP231 and displays it on the reproducing unit 343 in the step SP231 and the following step SP232. An image designation command is input in response to the operation of the operation unit 341 on each of the images such as the store appearance image 350 described above with reference to FIG. 29 constituting the selected content selection screen (that is, the entry button 360 and the like are selected and designated). ) And waiting for the customer image 366 to move to the designated coordinate position on the image (eg, the first floor image 351 in the store).

[0466] In step SP231, the portable exclusive terminal 303 moves the customer image 366 on the store appearance image 350 or the like in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341 and selects and specifies the store entry button 360 or the like. When the designation command is input, the process proceeds to step SP233, in which the request data generation unit 344 generates image request data representing an image designation command assigned in advance to the selected and designated button, and generates the generated image request data. Transmission unit 345
To the data providing server 301 from step SP2
Move to 34.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 33 (B), the data providing server 301 starts a subroutine in step SP225 and enters step SP251. In step SP251 and the following step SP252, the data providing server 301 transmits the data from the portable dedicated terminal 303. It waits for the transmission of the image request data and the designated coordinate position data. When the image request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 is received by the receiving unit 312 in step SP251, the process proceeds to step SP253.

[0468] In step SP253, the data providing server 301 searches the content database 311 based on the image request data by the search unit 315 to read the specified image data, and transmits the read image data from the transmission unit 314 to the portable type. The data is transmitted to the dedicated terminal 303, and the routine goes to step SP254.

At this time, in step SP234,
The portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for image data to be transmitted from the data providing server 301, and upon receiving the image data by the receiving unit 346, proceeds to step SP235.

[0470] In step SP235, the portable dedicated terminal 303 sends the received image data to the reproduction unit 343, and thereby replaces the previously displayed image of the content selection screen with a new image based on the received image data. Is displayed, and the process proceeds to step SP236 to select the selection confirmation image 3
It is determined whether the confirmation button 368 has been selected and designated on 55.

[0471] In this step SP236, obtaining a negative result means that the selection confirmation image 355 has not been displayed by the reproduction section 343, or that the selection confirmation image 355 has not been displayed.
Is displayed in the middle of purchase and rental designation input for content data, etc.
8 means that selection and designation have not been performed. At this time, the portable dedicated terminal 303 returns to step SP231.

[0472] In step SP232, when the portable dedicated terminal 303 moves the customer image 366 to the designated coordinate position on the first floor image 351 in the store or the like in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 341, the portable dedicated terminal 303 proceeds to step SP237 and outputs the request data. The generation unit 344 generates specified coordinate position data representing the specified coordinate position, transmits the generated specified coordinate position data from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301, and proceeds to step SP238.

[0473] At this time, in step SP252,
When the data providing server 301 receives the designated coordinate position data by the receiving unit 312 while waiting for the transmission of the designated coordinate position data from the portable dedicated terminal 303, the process proceeds to step SP255, and the search unit 3
15, the content database 311 is searched based on the designated coordinate position data, the designated advertisement data is read, and the read advertisement data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, and the process proceeds to step SP254.
Move on to

[0474] In step SP254, the data providing server 301 determines whether or not the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 has been received. Until the content designation data is received, the data providing server 301 proceeds to step SP251- SP252-SP253-SP25
By sequentially repeating the processing loop of 4-SP255, the image data and the advertisement data are transmitted according to the image request data and the designated coordinate position data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303.

[0475] When the data providing server 301 subsequently receives the content designation data in step SP254, it goes through this subroutine and proceeds to step SP226 of the processing procedure in the data providing server 301 described above with reference to Fig. 32B.

[0476] Also, in step SP238, the portable exclusive terminal 303 waits for the transmission of the advertisement data from the data providing server 301.
The process proceeds to step 239, where the advertisement data is transmitted to the reproducing unit 343, thereby allowing the customer to view a part of the content based on the advertisement data to advertise the content, and step SP
Move on to 236.

[0477] The portable dedicated terminal 303 returns to step SP231 until a positive result is obtained in step SP236, and returns to step SP231-SP.
232-SP233-SP234-SP235-SP2
By successively repeating the processing loop of 36-SP237-SP238-SP239, the reproduction unit 343 allows the customer to select desired content data while appropriately switching and displaying each image on the content selection screen with advertisement of the content.

[0478] Thereafter, in step SP236, when the portable dedicated terminal 303 confirms that the confirmation button 368 has been selected and designated on the selection confirmation image 355 of the content selection screen, the process exits this subroutine and returns to FIG.
The process proceeds to step SP215 of the processing procedure in the portable dedicated terminal 303 described above.

[0479] The procedure for customizing the content selection screen by the data providing server 301 and the portable dedicated terminal 303 of the data providing system 300 can be summarized as shown in FIG. Enters the routine RT22 from the start step and moves to step SP261.

[0480] In step SP261, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for a customer to input a customization request via the operation unit 341. When the customization request is input, the process proceeds to step SP262 and the request data generation unit In step 344, customization request data is generated. The generated customization request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301, and the flow advances to step SP263.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 34B, the data providing server 301 enters the routine RT23 from the start step, moves to step SP271, and waits for the transmission of the customization request data from the portable dedicated terminal 303. As a result, when the receiving unit 312 receives the customization request data, the process proceeds to step SP272.
To the content database 3 by the search unit 315
11 is read from the customization registration screen data, and the read customization registration screen data is transmitted to the transmitting unit 314.
Is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 303 from step SP27.
Move to 3.

[0482] In step SP263, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for the customization registration screen data to be transmitted from the data providing server 301.
When the customization registration screen data is received by the receiving unit 346, the received customization registration screen data is transmitted to the reproduction unit 343, so that the reproduction unit 34
In step 3, a customization registration screen based on the customization registration screen data is displayed, and the flow advances to step SP264.

[0483] In step SP264, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for input of screen customization information on the customization registration screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 341. When the screen customization information is input, step SP265 is performed. Moving on to the request data generator 34
4, the screen customizing data is generated, the generated screen customizing data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 345 to the data providing server 301, and the routine goes to step SP266.

At this time, in step SP273, the data providing server 301 waits for transmission of the screen customizing data from the portable dedicated terminal 303. When the screen customizing data is received by the receiving unit 312, the process proceeds to step SP274. .

[0485] In step SP274, the data providing server 301 reads out the content selection screen data from the content database 311 by the search unit 315, and processes the read content selection screen data based on the screen customization data. The customization screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, and the routine goes to step SP275.

[0486] In step SP266, the portable exclusive terminal 303 waits for the transmission of the customization screen data from the data providing server 301. When the customization screen data is received by the reception unit 346, the received customization screen data is received. By sending the screen data to the playback unit 343, a customization screen based on the customization screen data is displayed, and step SP
Move to 267.

[0487] In step SP267, the portable dedicated terminal 303 presents the customization screen to the customer through the playback unit 343, and as a result, specifies that the customization is not the desired customization via the operation unit 341 by the customer.
The request data generation unit 344 generates re-customization data indicating that screen customization information is to be generated again, and transmits the generated re-customization data to the transmission unit 345.
To the data providing server 301 from step SP2
64, and again at steps SP264-SP265-S
The processing loop of P266-SP267 is repeated.

[0488] On the other hand, in step SP267, the portable dedicated terminal 303 is operated by the customer through the operation unit 341.
When the customization is specified as desired via the command data processing unit 3, the process proceeds to step SP268 and the request data generation unit 3
44, the confirmation data is generated, and the generated confirmation data is transmitted from the transmission unit 345 to the data providing server 301.
The processing of 3 is ended.

[0489] On the other hand, in step SP275, the data providing server 301 receives the re-customization data or confirmation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303,
When the re-customizing data is received by the receiving unit 312, the process returns to step SP
273, and again at step SP273-SP274-
The processing loop of SP275 is repeated.

[0490] On the other hand, in step SP275, when the data providing server 301 receives the confirmation data by the receiving unit 312, the data providing server 301 proceeds to step SP276 and adds the screen customizing data to the customer registration information in the customer database 310 by the updating unit 313. Then, the process proceeds to step SP277, and the process of the data providing server 301 ends. Thus, all customization processing procedures by the data providing system 300 are completed.

[0491] The contents providing processing procedure using the customized screen data by the data providing server 301 and the portable dedicated terminal 303 of the data providing system 300 is summarized. 35A shown in FIG. 35, the portable dedicated terminal 303 enters the routine RT24 from the start step, moves to step SP221, and proceeds to step SP221.
The acquisition request data is transmitted to the data providing server 301 by sequentially executing the processing of step SP222 subsequent to step SP222, and the routine goes to step SP281.

At this time, in FIG. 35 (B) in which the same reference numerals are assigned to the parts corresponding to FIG. 32 (B), the data providing server 301 enters the routine RT25 from the start step, moves to step SP221, and proceeds to step SP221. SP22
By sequentially executing the processing of steps 1 to SP223, the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 is received, and the routine goes to step SP291.

[0493] In step SP291, the data providing server 301 reads out the screen customizing data added to the customer registration information of the customer who has requested the acquisition of the content data from the customer database 310 by the updating unit 313, and reads the content customizing data by the search unit 315. The content selection screen data read from 311 is processed based on the screen customization data, and the obtained customized screen data is transmitted from the transmission unit 314 to the portable dedicated terminal 303, and proceeds to step SP225.

[0494] Thereby, in step SP225,
After sequentially executing the processing from step SP225 to step SP226 and step SP227, the data providing server 301 proceeds to step SP292 and ends the processing of the data providing server 301.

[0495] In step SP281, the portable dedicated terminal 303 waits for the transmission of the customized screen data from the data providing server 301. When the customized screen data is received by the receiving unit 346, the customized screen data is received. Playback part 3
By transmitting the customization screen to, for example, a store appearance image is displayed on the customization screen, and the flow advances to step SP214.

[0496] Thus, in step SP214,
After the portable dedicated terminal 303 sequentially executes the processing from step SP214 to step SP215 to step SP217, the portable dedicated terminal 303 proceeds to step SP282 and ends the processing of the portable dedicated terminal 303. Thus, the content providing processing procedure using the customized screen data by the data providing system 300 is completed.

[0497] In the above configuration, in the data providing system 300, when the data providing server 301 receives the customization request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 which is dedicated to the dealer and can access only the data providing server 301, In response to this, the customization registration screen data is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 303, and the screen customization information for the content selection screen input on the customization registration screen based on the customized registration screen data is displayed on the portable dedicated terminal 303. When transmitted as customized data, it is received and added to the corresponding customer registration information in the customer database 310 for registration.

In the data providing system 300, when the data providing server 301 receives the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 of the customer who has registered the screen customizing data, the customer database 3
10 and reads out the content selection screen data from the customer database 311, and processes the read content selection screen data based on the screen customization data to obtain the customized screen data and outputs it to a dedicated portable terminal. 30
3 to allow the user to select desired content data on a customization screen in which the content selection screen is customized according to a customer request.

Therefore, in the data providing system 300, since the portable dedicated terminal 303 can access only the data providing server 301 that provides the content data, the preference of the customer using the portable dedicated terminal 303 for the content data is high. (That is, the genre), the content selection screen can be easily customized, and thus the usability of the content selection screen can be significantly improved.

Also, in the data providing system 300, the data providing server 301 provides the portable exclusive terminal 303 with a content selection screen generated in advance with a three-dimensional virtual reality space image representing the inside of the dealer and provides the customer with the content selection screen. Since the content data is easily selected and the content selection screen is customized according to the customer's request, the usability of the content selection screen can be further improved.

[0501] Further, in the data providing system 300, when the data providing server 301 acquires the screen customizing data from the portable dedicated terminal 303, the content selecting screen data is customized based on the screen customizing data, and this is customized. In order for the customer to confirm with the dedicated terminal 303, the content selection screen can be customized appropriately as desired by the customer.

[0502] In the data providing system 300, the portable dedicated terminal 303 can access only the data providing server 301 that provides the content data, and selects the content provided to the portable dedicated terminal 303 when the content data is acquired. Since the screen is customized according to the customer's request, it is possible to make it easier for the customer who uses the portable dedicated terminal 303 to obtain the content data to use the data providing system 300 significantly.

As a result, the data providing system 300
Thus, it is possible to significantly improve the usage rate of the customer for the purpose of acquiring the content data with respect to the data providing server 301 (which is also a dealer).

[0504] Further, in the data providing system 300, since the portable dedicated terminal 303 that can access only the data providing server 301 can be used for customers in both sales and rental modes, the Internet For customers who do not own the equipment to use, or who owns the equipment but are unfamiliar with the operation to connect to the Internet, and who have little knowledge of the Internet itself Also, the content data can be easily obtained from the data providing server 301.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 3
By transmitting the customization registration screen data in response to the customization request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303 which is dedicated to the store and can access only the data providing server 301 by using the special terminal 30, the portable dedicated terminal 30
3 is registered in the customer database 310, and thereafter the data providing server 301
Processing the content selection screen data based on the screen customization data read from the customer database 310 in accordance with the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 303, and transfers the obtained customized screen data to the portable dedicated terminal 303. By transmitting the content, it is possible to easily customize the content selection screen according to the taste of the content data of the customer using the portable dedicated terminal 303, and to greatly improve the usability of the content selection screen. Thus, a data providing system capable of easily selecting content data can be realized.

[0506] In the sixth embodiment described above, the case has been described where the data providing server 301 is installed at the dealer. However, the present invention is not limited to this. , Data providing server 30
There is no need to particularly define the installation location of (1). Then, a database for managing a plurality of dealers is provided in the data providing server 301, and the dealer's individual ID, content selection screen data, and customization registration screen data are stored in the database in association with each other. In addition, the content selection screen data and the customization registration screen data of the dealer or the arbitrarily selected dealer associated with the portable dedicated terminal 303 in advance in response to the access of the portable dedicated terminal 303 may be provided. good.

In the sixth embodiment described above, the case has been described where the data providing server 301 generates the content selection screen data using the development tool provided from the content server.
The present invention is not limited to this, and the content selection screen data may be generated by entrusting the content selection screen data production company or the like from the data providing server 301.

[0508] Furthermore, in the above-described sixth embodiment, the case where the data providing server 301 provides the content selection screen data in which the inside of the dealer is represented by a three-dimensional virtual reality space image. As described above, the present invention is not limited to this, and may provide content selection screen data generated as a homepage or the like for listing and displaying a large number of content data titles and the like.

By the way, as shown in FIG. 36, in the data providing system 390 for providing the content selection screen data generated as the homepage, like the screen customizing data D10 transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 391 to the data providing server 392. In addition, for example, it is possible to customize songs (that is, content data) of an arbitrary artist (or genre) with respect to the content selection screen data in chronological order and to specify a background color of an arbitrary color. The providing server 392 includes:
After registering the received screen customization data D10 in the customer database 393, when the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 391 is received, the screen customization data D10 read from the customer database 393 is received.
The content selection screen data in the content database 395 is processed by the search unit 394 based on the search result, and the obtained customized screen data D11 is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 391.

[0510] Incidentally, the data providing system 390
When the screen customizing data D10 is received by the data providing server 392, it is determined whether or not the content database 394 stores enough content data corresponding to the request by the screen customizing data D10. When the content data corresponding to the request by the screen customization data D10 is not stored in the content server 3, the content server 3 generates the content acquisition request data D12 and
95, and the designated content data may be read from the content database 396 of the content server 395 and replenished to the data providing server 392. In this way, the content selection screen data can be customized in a more accurate manner in response to the customer's request. In addition, such a data providing server 3
The replenishment of the content data from the content server 395 to the content server 92 can be applied to the above-described sixth embodiment.

[0511] Furthermore, in the above-described sixth embodiment, the case has been described in which the data providing server 301 simply acquires a large number of content data provided from the content server and stores it in the content database 311. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the data providing server 301 acquires the compressed content data from the content server,
1 and provide the compressed content data to the portable dedicated terminal 303. By doing so, the content database 311 of the data providing server 301 and the recording medium 340 of the portable dedicated terminal 303
Can be effectively used for recording content data.

[0512] As shown in FIG. 37, the content server stores a large number of content data in a content database and a large number of data tables 400 representing the content data classified by genre. When the genre of the content data to be provided for provision is specified prior to the start of distribution of the content data from the server, the content data of the specified genre is randomly selected from the data table for each data providing server or each store. Then, the selected content data groups a and b may be provided to different data providing servers or dealers. In this way, some or all of the content data that can be provided by data providing servers that handle content data of the same genre can be different from each other, and as a result, content data of the same genre can be provided to customers. Can be used by a large number of data providing servers that handle.

(8) Seventh Embodiment FIG. 38 shows a data providing system 500 according to a seventh embodiment, and the store 4 described above with reference to FIGS.
The data providing server 501 corresponding to A to 4N
3 to 7 described above with reference to FIG.
And a portable dedicated terminal 502 that can access only the data providing server 501, and a package providing server 5 corresponding to the sales company 5 described above with reference to FIGS.
02 are connected to each other via the Internet 504.

[0514] The data providing server 501 has a customer database 510, a content database 511, and a package media database 512. The customer database 510 has a name, address, and account number obtained from a customer who wants to register. By storing customer registration information including customer information such as the customer ID issued to the customer and registering the customer, the data providing server 501 can be used.

[0515] The content database 512 stores, as content data to be provided to the customer, content data composed of a large number of single songs, and a unique content ID, title (song name), sales price, and the like for each content data. A data table generated by listing content accompanying information including rental prices and the like is stored.

[0516] Further, the data providing server 501 associates the package data in which the same content data is stored with the content data of a single piece of music as equivalently replaceable package media. In accordance with the equivalent exchangeable correspondence, the title of the content data composed of a single song, the title of the package media composed of a single CD storing the content data, the selling price of the package media, and the package identification information unique to the package media (Hereinafter, referred to as a package ID) and the like and stored in a data table.

[0517] Then, the data providing server 501 receives, for example, the designation information of the content data desired to be rented from the portable dedicated terminal 502 used (purchased and rented) by the registered customer as content designation data. This is received by the receiving unit 515 and is taken into the received data determining unit 516.

Here, as shown in FIG. 38 together with FIG. 38, the content designation data D20 transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502 includes a customer name, a customer ID, a password, and a title of the content data D21 to be rented. , Equivalent exchange information indicating the presence or absence of equivalent exchange, information on the rental period and the method of paying the rental fee are stored.

[0519] Incidentally, the customer ID stored in the content designation data D20 was issued at the time of registration of the customer by the data providing server 501 and stored in the portable dedicated terminal 502 used by the customer. Various data transmitted from the mold dedicated terminal 502 are stored to identify the customer.

The equivalent exchange information stored in the content designation data D20 indicates that the customer
For example, “0” is displayed when the user does not desire the equivalent exchange for the purpose of obtaining the “.”, And “1” is displayed when the customer desires the equivalent exchange.

[0521] Therefore, the data providing server 501 uses the received data discrimination unit 516 to specify the content designation data D2.
Based on the equivalent exchange information stored in “0”, it is determined that the content designation data D20 is data for acquiring the content data D21.

[0522] Then, the data providing server 501 uses the received data discriminating unit 516 to specify the content designation data D2.
By searching the data table in the content database 511 based on the title of the content data D21 stored in the content data D21, the title is changed to the content ID, and the content read control data D22 is generated. The data D22 is sent to the content ID extraction unit 517.

[0523] Incidentally, the data providing server 501 uses the reception data discrimination unit 516 to specify the content designation data D2.
When generating the content read control data D22 from 0, the customer request search unit 518 searches the customer database 510 based on the customer ID stored in the content designation data D20, and stores it as customer registration information. In addition to detecting the coded name of the customer and detecting that the credit is specified as the method of paying the rental fee, the account number of the customer is detected. It is stored in the read control data D22.

[0524] The data providing server 501 stores the content I
The content read control data D22 by the D extraction unit 517
, And sends the extracted content ID to the content search unit 519 together with the content read control data D22. The content search unit 519 searches the content database 511 based on the content ID and specifies the customer. The read content data D21 is read out, and the read out content data D21 is transmitted to the transmission data generation unit 520 together with the content readout control data D22.

[0525] Thus, the data providing server 501 adds the copy history information to the content read control data D22 by the transmission data generation unit 520, and adds the copy history information to the header data D23.
Is generated, and the generated header data D23 is added to the content data D21 and transmitted from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal 502 via the Internet 504, thereby renting the content data D21 specified by the customer. Can be.

[0526] Incidentally, the data providing server 501 has a charging processing unit (not shown), and when the customer specifies credit for paying the rental fee, the content data specified on the portable dedicated terminal 502 of the customer is designated. D2
Before the transmission of No. 1, a charging process is executed by the charging processing unit to thereby rent the content data D21 according to the rental period (that is, the amount charged to the customer).
And billing data based on the account number of the customer in the customer registration information and the account number of, for example, a store that operates the data providing server 501.

Then, the data providing server 501 transmits the billing data generated by the billing processing unit from the transmitting unit 521 to a predetermined billing processing server (not shown) via the Internet 504.
4 is notified of the end of the electronic payment processing based on the billing data, the customer update search unit 518 provides information such as the title and content ID of the content data D21 rented by the customer and the amount paid by the customer for the rental. Is added to the customer registration information of the customer in the customer database 510 to update the content data D21 rented by the customer, the status of payment for the rental, and the like based on the customer registration information.

At this time, the data providing server 501 transmits the notification received from the settlement processing server to the transmission data generation unit 520.
Is transmitted to the header data D23 by the transmission data generation unit 520,
1 is stored in place of the account number, and when payment of the rental fee by the customer is completed in this way, the content data D21 with the header data D23 added is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 502 and transmitted to the customer. Rent.

[0529] Thus, the data providing system 500
In the above, the content data D21 is rented to the customer from the data providing server 501 using the portable dedicated terminal 502, and at the end of the rental period for the content data D21, the portable dedicated terminal 502 is brought to the dealer, so that the rental is possible. Content data D2
Delete 1 for return.

In the data providing system 500, even if the rental period of the content data D21 is over and the portable dedicated terminal 502 is not brought into the dealer, the content data D21 is stored inside the portable dedicated terminal 502. D21 is in an erasable or unreproducible state for return.

[0531] Incidentally, the data providing server 501 rents the content data (single song) occupied by the customer from the portable dedicated terminal 502 by rental and equivalent exchange request data that the user wishes to exchange equivalently with the package media (single CD). Is transmitted to the receiving unit 515.
And received by the received data discrimination unit 516.

Here, as shown in FIG. 38 together with FIG. 38, in the equivalent exchange request data D30 transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502, the customer's name, customer ID, password, and the customer's presentation for equivalent exchange are provided. The title of the content data D21 and equivalent exchange information (contents indicate "1") indicating the presence or absence of equivalent exchange are stored.

[0533] Therefore, the data providing server 501 uses the received data discriminating unit 516 to transmit the equivalent exchange request data D30.
The equivalent exchange request data D30 is determined to be data for equivalently exchanging the content data D21 with the package medium based on the equivalent exchange information stored in the client ID extracting unit 5.
25.

[0534] The data providing server 501 uses the customer ID extracting unit 525 to convert the equivalent exchange request data D30 to the customer ID.
And sends it to the customer update search unit 518 together with the equivalent exchange request data D30.

The data providing server 501 searches the customer database 510 based on the customer ID by the customer update search unit 518, and encodes the customer's coded name based on the customer registration information obtained as a result. The content ID of the content data D21 presented for the equivalent exchange, the method of paying the rental fee for the content data D21, and whether the rental fee has already been paid are detected. It is detected whether any wrongdoing has been performed in the past with respect to the acquisition of the content data D21 or the like, and the detection result is determined together with the equivalent exchange request data D30 by the determination unit 526.
To send to.

[0536] Then, the data providing server 501 uses the determination unit 526 to determine whether or not to permit the customer to perform the equivalent exchange based on the detection result provided from the customer update search unit 518.

[0537] Here, the data providing server 501 determines whether or not the rental fee for the content data D21 for equivalent exchange has already been paid by the customer and the customer has not acted particularly unjustly in the past. Equivalent exchange is permitted to the customer, and the coded name of the customer detected by the customer update search unit 518 in the equivalent exchange request data D30, the content ID of the content data D21 presented for the equivalent exchange, and payment of the rental fee. The equivalent exchange processing data D31 is generated by storing the method and the amount actually paid, and the generated equivalent exchange request data D31 is transmitted to the value determination unit 527.

[0538] The data providing server 501 is
By searching the data table of the package media database 512 via the package search unit 528 according to the search condition set in advance by 27, the content data D21 (single song) occupied by the customer presented for the equivalent exchange and A package medium (single CD) storing the same content data D21 is detected as an equivalent exchangeable package medium, and the title, sales price, and package ID of the detected package medium are read.

[0539] Then, the data providing server 501 uses the value determining unit 527 to rent the content data D21 occupied by the customer with the rental fee (that is, the acquisition price of the content data D21 occupied by the customer). Is compared with the selling price of the equivalently exchangeable package media retrieved, and the difference is calculated. At this time, if the selling price of the package media is higher than the acquisition price of the content data, for example, the content data occupied by the customer In order to make the exchange value between D21 and the package media that can be equivalently exchanged substantially equivalent, a condition for equivalent exchange is set in which the customer pays the difference.

[0540] Thus, the data providing server 501 sets the equivalent exchange request data D31 to the equivalent exchange request data D31 by the equivalent exchange request data D31, the title and package ID of the equivalent exchange, and the equivalent exchange condition (the customer occupies in executing the equivalent exchange). The equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 is generated by storing the content data to be exchanged and the customer paying the difference between the acquisition price and the sale price in order to make the exchange value with the package medium substantially equivalent.

[0541] The data providing server 501 transmits the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal 502 via the Internet 504, so that the package media equivalent to the content data D21 can be exchanged with the customer. And that the customer must pay the presented difference as a condition for equivalently exchanging the content data D21 with the package medium.

[0542] As a result, when the exchange approval data for accepting the equivalent exchange is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502, the data providing server 501 receives the exchange approval data by the receiving unit 515, takes in the received data into the received data discriminating unit 516, and The exchange data is transmitted from the received data determination unit 516 to the determination unit 526, and the determination unit 526 confirms that the customer has accepted the equivalent exchange based on the exchange approval data.

Then, the data providing server 501 generates and transmits package delivery request information from the package ID of the package medium for equivalent exchange to be passed to the customer based on the customer registration information and the name and address of the customer based on the customer registration information. The data is sent to the data generator 520.

[0544] Accordingly, the data providing server 501 generates the package delivery request data representing the package delivery request information by the transmission data generation unit 520, and sends the data to the transmission unit 521.
To the package providing server 503 via the Internet 504, and requests the package providing server 503 to deliver package media to the customer.

[0545] As a result, when the delivery arrangement completion data indicating that the delivery arrangement is completed is transmitted from the package providing server 503 via the Internet 504, the data provision server 501 receives the data by the reception unit 515. The data is transmitted from the reception data determination unit 516 to the determination unit 526.

[0546] At this time, the data providing server 501 determines that payment by credit is specified as a payment method for the difference specified by the customer included in the exchange agreement data.
After performing the billing process in the same manner as described above by the billing processing unit, a notification of the completion of the electronic payment process is received from the payment processing server.

[0547] Thereby, the data providing server 501 sends the equivalent exchange approval information indicating the equivalent exchange approval and the package medium delivery method to the transmission data generation unit 520 by the discrimination unit 526, and the transmission data generation unit 520.
, And transmits it to the portable dedicated terminal 502 from the transmission unit 521 via the Internet 504 to notify the customer that the equivalent exchange has been approved.

Then, when the data providing server 501 notifies the customer that the equivalent exchange has been approved, the discriminating unit 526
Thus, the content ID of the content data D21 and the package ID of the package media to be exchanged equivalently with the customer registration information in the customer database 510 via the customer update search unit 518, and information on whether or not the difference has been paid, and the difference (amount) are added. And the history of the equivalent exchange is stored.

[0549] Thus, the data providing server 501
Is that the content data occupied by the customer is erased (or unplayable) from the portable dedicated terminal 502 for return, and the package media requested to be delivered to the package providing server 503 is sent to the customer As shown in FIGS. 41 (A) and (B), the package media which should be normally purchased at a price corresponding to the selling price are transferred to the content data D21 occupied by the customer, as shown in FIGS. The exchange value between the package medium and the content data D21 is realized by making the exchange value with the package medium storing the content data D21 substantially equivalent.

[0550] Incidentally, the data providing server 501 uses an account transfer at a bank when cash is specified by the customer for payment of the difference between the acquisition price of the content data and the selling price of the package media generated by the equivalent exchange. However, when payment by a prepaid card is designated, a request terminal or the like is used.

[0551] When the data providing server 501 receives the equivalent exchange request data D30 from the portable dedicated terminal 502, the data providing server 501 sets the content data D2 presented for equivalent exchange.
If the rental fee has not been paid or the customer has committed any wrongdoing in the past, the determination unit 52
In step 6, equivalent exchange disapproval information indicating that the equivalent exchange is not permitted is sent to the transmission data generation unit 520 without permitting the customer to perform the equivalent exchange.

Then, the data providing server 501 generates equivalent exchange disapproval data indicating the equivalent exchange disapproval information by the transmission data generation unit 520, and transmits the generated equivalent exchange disapproval data from the transmission unit 521 to the Internet 50.
4 to the portable dedicated terminal 502, thus notifying the customer that the equivalent exchange is not available.

[0556] On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 38, when the customer inputs the designation information of the content data desired to be rented via the operation unit 540, the operation information discriminating unit 541 outputs the information to the portable dedicated terminal 502, for example. Based on the format of the designated information, the designated information is determined to be information for the purpose of acquiring the content data, and equivalent exchange information indicating “0” is added to the designated information and transmitted to the request data generating unit 542.

[0554] In the portable dedicated terminal 502, the request data generating unit 542 generates the content specifying data D20 representing the specifying information and including the customer ID, and transmits the generated content specifying data D20 from the transmitting unit 543 to the Internet. Data providing server 50 via 504
Send to 1.

[0555] As a result, when the portable data terminal 502 transmits the content data D21 to which the header data D23 is added from the data providing server 501, the portable data terminal 502 receives the content data D21 by the receiving unit 544, and the discriminating unit 545 sends the data to the recording control unit. The content data D21 and the header data D23 are transmitted by the recording control unit 546 to the content data D21 and the header data D23.
Is recorded on the recording medium 547, and the content data D21 desired by the customer is rented.

[0556] When the customer inputs a reproduction command via the operation unit 540, the portable control terminal 502 reproduces the content data D21 from the recording medium 547 by the reproduction control unit 548. By transmitting the reproduced content data D21 to a reproduction unit 549 including a display control unit, a display unit, and a speaker, the customer can enjoy the content such as a single song.

In the portable dedicated terminal 502, the recording control unit 545 and the playback control unit 548 detect and manage the rental period of the content data D21 from the header data D23, and the rental period of the content data D21 ends. Even if the portable dedicated terminal 502 is not brought into the dealer, the content data D2
1 is erased from the recording medium 547 for return, or the reproduction control unit 548 renders it unreproducible.

[0558] When an equivalent exchange request designating the equivalent exchange content data D21 is input by the customer via the operation unit 540 to the portable dedicated terminal 502, the operation information discriminating unit 541 sends the equivalent exchange request. It is determined from the format that the equivalent exchange request is a request for equivalently exchanging the content data D21 occupied by the customer with the package medium, and the equivalent exchange information indicating "1" is added to the equivalent exchange request to generate request data. The data is sent to the unit 542.

In this case, the portable dedicated terminal 502 generates the equivalent exchange request data D30 indicating the equivalent exchange request by the request data generation unit 542 and including the customer ID.
The transmission unit 543 transmits the generated equivalent exchange request data D30.
From the data providing server 5 via the Internet 504
Send to 01.

As a result, when the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 is transmitted from the data providing server 501 via the Internet 504, the portable exclusive terminal 502 receives the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 by the receiving unit 544 and sends the data from the discriminating unit 545 to the reproducing unit. 549 to the content data D to the customer.
21 is notified that the customer pays the title of the package media that can be exchanged equivalently and the difference caused by the equivalent exchange as a condition of the equivalent exchange.

As a result, when the customer obtains a consent for the equivalent exchange via the operation unit 540, the portable information terminal 502 adds the equivalent exchange information representing “1” to the consent by the operation information discriminating unit 541. The request data generating unit 542 sends the request data generating unit 542 to generate the exchange consent data representing the consent, and transmits the data from the transmitting unit 543 to the data providing server 501 via the Internet 504.

[0562] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 502 is
Thereafter, the data providing server 501 sends the data to the Internet 5
When the equivalent exchange approval data is transmitted via the communication unit 04, the reception unit 544 receives the data and sends the data from the determination unit 545 to the reproduction unit 549. Notify the method, etc.

[0563] When the portable exclusive terminal 502 transmits the equivalent exchange disapproval data from the data providing server 501 via the Internet 504, the portable exclusive terminal 502 receives the data.
4 and transmitted from the determination unit 545 to the reproduction unit 549 to notify the customer that the equivalent exchange has not been permitted.

[0564] When package delivery request data is transmitted from the data providing server 501 via the Internet 504, the package providing server 503 receives the data by the receiving unit 560, and the package ID extracting unit 56
1, the package ID extracting unit 561 extracts the package ID from the package delivery request data, and sends it to the package search unit 562 together with the package delivery request data.

[0566] Then, the package providing server 503
The package search unit 562 searches the inventory management database 563 based on the package ID to detect the inventory of the package media specified by the data providing server 501 and the storage position on a package storage shelf (not shown). Information on package removal control section 564 together with package delivery request data
To send to.

[0566] Thus, the package providing server 503
Takes out the designated package medium from the package medium storage shelf based on the information on the storage position by the package removal control unit 564, and then sends it to the shipping / packing instruction unit 56.
5. Pack the removed package media with 5,
In addition, a delivery center (not shown) is instructed to deliver to the customer address indicated in the package delivery request data, and thus the delivery arrangement completion data is transmitted from the transmission unit 566 to the data providing server 501.

As shown in FIG. 42, in the data providing system 500, the customer and the data providing server 5
When the equivalent exchange is approved between the server and the package data, the package providing server 503 delivers a package medium equivalent to the content data to the customer.

[0568] Here, the equivalent exchange processing procedures performed by the data providing server 501, the portable dedicated terminal 502, and the package providing server 503 of the data providing system 500 are summarized as shown in FIGS. 43 (A) and 44 (A). First, the portable dedicated terminal 502 enters from the start step of the routine RT30 and moves to step SP351.

[0569] In step SP351, the portable dedicated terminal 502 waits for input of instruction information for renting the content data D21 via the operation unit 540. When the instruction information is input, the portable dedicated terminal 502 proceeds to step SP351. Proceeding to SP352, the request data generation unit 542 generates the content instruction information data D20, and
3 to the data providing server 501, and step SP
Move on to 353.

At this time, as shown in FIGS. 43 (B) and 44 (B), the data providing server 501 sets the routine RT
The process starts from the start step 31 and moves to step SP371.
02 is waiting for the transmission of the content instruction data from the receiving unit 515.
If it is received, the process moves to step SP372.

[0571] In step SP372, the data providing server 501 reads the specified content data D21 from the content database 511 by the content search unit 519, and transmits the read content data D21 from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal 502. The process moves to step SP373.

[0572] Here, in step SP353, the portable dedicated terminal 502 waits for the transmission of the content data D21 from the data providing server 501. When the content data D21 is received by the receiving unit 544, the process proceeds to step SP354. The content data D21 is transferred to the recording medium 5 by the recording control unit 546.
47 and the process moves to step SP355. As a result, the portable dedicated terminal 501 can rent the content data D21 specified by the customer and play the content data D21 in response to the request of the customer to entertain the customer.

In step SP355, the portable dedicated terminal 502 waits for the input of the equivalent exchange request via the operation unit 540, and returns to step SP351 until the equivalent exchange request is input. The processing loop of steps SP352-SP353-SP354-SP355 is repeated.

[0574] In step SP355, upon receiving the equivalent exchange request via the operation unit 540, the portable dedicated terminal 502 proceeds to step SP356 to generate the equivalent exchange request data D30 by the request data generation unit 542. Then, the data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 543 to the data providing server 501, and the process proceeds to step SP357.

[0575] In step SP373, the data providing server 501 determines whether or not the equivalent exchange request data D30 has been transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502. Until the equivalent request data D30 is received, the data providing server 501 executes step SP373.
371 to step S372 following the return to step 371
The processing loop of P373 is repeated, and step SP373
When the receiving unit 515 receives the equivalent exchange request data D30 transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502 in
Move on to step SP374.

[0576] In step SP374, the data providing server 501 examines the usage history of the customer who has requested the equivalent exchange by the determination unit 526, and determines whether to permit the equivalent exchange.

[0577] Obtaining a negative result in step SP374 means that the customer has not paid the rental fee of the content data D21 presented for the equivalent exchange yet, or that the customer has performed any wrongdoing in the past, so that the equivalent exchange is not performed. This means that there is a possibility that the data providing server 501 will be used improperly.
Then, the equivalent exchange disapproval information generated by the determination unit 526 is transmitted from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal 502 as equivalent exchange disapproval data by the transmission data generation unit 520, and then the process proceeds to step SP376 and the data providing server proceeds. The processing by 501 is ended.

[0578] On the other hand, obtaining a positive result in step SP374 means that the customer has already paid the rental fee of the content data D21 presented for the equivalent exchange and has not acted improperly in the past, so that the equivalent exchange is not performed. This means that there is almost no possibility of improper use. At this time, the data providing server 501 moves to step SP377.

[0579] In step SP377, the data providing server 501 determines, by the value determining unit 527, an equivalent exchange condition representing a condition for making the exchange value of the content data D21 occupied by the customer and the equivalently exchangeable package medium substantially equivalent. Generation of presentation data D32 and transmission unit 5
21 to the portable dedicated terminal 502, and the
Move on to 378.

[0580] At this time, in step SP375,
The portable dedicated terminal 502 waits for transmission of the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 or the equivalent exchange disapproval data from the data providing server 501, and when any of the data is received by the reception unit 544, step SP35.
Move to 8.

[0581] In step SP358, the portable dedicated terminal 502 determines whether or not the data received by the receiving unit 554 is the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 by the determining unit 545, and determines whether the received data is the equivalent exchange prohibition. If the data is data, the flow shifts to step SP359 to end the processing by the portable dedicated terminal 501.

[0582] On the other hand, in step SP358, when the received data is the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32, the portable dedicated terminal 502 proceeds to step SP3.
60, the exchange approval data is transmitted from the transmission unit 543 to the data providing server 50 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 540 by the customer.
1 and then proceeds to step SP361.

[0583] In step SP378, the data providing server 501 waits for transmission of the exchange consent data from the portable dedicated terminal 502.
Proceeding to P379, the determination unit 526 generates package delivery request data for delivering the package media to the customer, and transmits the package delivery request data from the transmission unit 521 to the package providing server 503.
And proceeds to step SP380.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 43 (C) and FIG. 44 (C), the package providing server 503 enters from the start step of the routine RT32 and proceeds to step SP391.
When the receiving unit 560 receives the package delivery request data from the data providing server 501 in step SP391, the process proceeds to step SP392.

In step SP392, the package providing server 503 checks the storage position of the designated package media on the package storage shelf based on the package delivery request data by the package search unit 562, and proceeds to step SP393, where the package removal control unit When the designated package medium is taken out of the package storage shelf by 564, the process moves to step SP394.

[0586] In step SP394, the package providing server 503 instructs the distribution center to pack the package media and deliver it to the customer using the shipping / packing instructing unit 565, and proceeds to step SP395 to send the delivery arrangement completion data from the transmission unit 566 to the data. After the transmission to the providing server 501, the process moves to step SP396, and the processing by the package providing server 503 ends.

At this time, in step SP380,
The data providing server 501 is the package providing server 50
3 is waiting for the transmission arrangement completion data to be transmitted, and when the distribution arrangement completion data is received by the receiving unit 515, the flow proceeds to step SP381 to determine the determination unit 52.
6, and transmits the equivalent exchange approval data to the portable dedicated terminal 502 from the transmission unit 521.
The process proceeds to 376, and the processing by the data providing server 501 ends.

[0588] In step SP361, the portable dedicated terminal 502 waits for the transmission of the equivalent exchange approval data from the data providing server 501. When the equivalent exchange approval data is received by the reception unit 544, the reproduction unit After notifying the customer that the equivalent exchange has been approved via 549, the flow shifts to step SP359 to end the processing by the portable dedicated terminal 502. Thus, all the equivalent exchange processing procedures in the data providing system 500 are completed.

In the above-described configuration, in the data providing system 500, when the content designation data requesting the rental of the content data D21 is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502 to the data providing server 501, the portable The designated content data D21 is transmitted to and recorded on the dedicated terminal 502, and in this way, the customer uses the portable dedicated terminal 502 to send the content data D21 to the customer.
21 was rented.

[0590] In the data providing system 500, the data providing server 501 has a portable dedicated terminal 502.
Exchange request data D for the content data D21 (single song) occupied by the customer by rental from
When the data 30 is transmitted, the data providing server 501 detects a package medium (single CD) storing the same content data D21 that can be equivalently exchanged with the content data D21, and occupies the detected package medium and the customer. In order to make the exchange value with the content data substantially equivalent, the difference between the selling price of the package media and the acquisition price of the content data occupied by the customer is calculated.

[0591] Thus, the data providing system 500
Then, the data providing server 501 provides equivalent exchange condition presentation data that presents the title of the package media that can be exchanged equivalently to the content data D21 presented by the customer and the difference to be paid by the customer by the equivalent exchange as a condition of the equivalent exchange. D32 is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 502.

[0592] As a result, in the data providing system 500, when the equivalent exchange acceptance data for accepting the equivalent exchange is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 502 to the data providing server 501, the customer is caused to pay the difference generated by the equivalent exchange. The content data occupied by the customer is erased from the portable dedicated terminal 502 for return, and the package media is delivered to the customer so that the content data D21 occupied by the customer and the content data D21 are stored. The exchange value of the package medium thus exchanged with the contents data D21 is made substantially equivalent.

[0593] Therefore, in the data providing system 500, the customer who has rented the content data D21 using the portable dedicated terminal 502 can read the content data D2.
If the user wishes to enjoy the content data D21 on another device, or if he is worried about the storage of the content data D21 by the portable dedicated terminal 502 and wishes to store the content data D21 on a package medium, the content data D21 and the package medium are The exchange value can be made substantially equivalent, and the content data D21 can be exchanged with the package medium and provided to the customer with a minimum investment.

As a result, the data providing system 500
In this case, it is possible to greatly facilitate the acquisition of the content data D21 distributed using the Internet.

[0595] Further, in the data providing system 500, since the equivalent exchange between the content data D21 and the package medium is performed, the use can be made much easier for the customer.

Further, in this data providing system 500, in order for a customer who uses the portable dedicated terminal 502 accessible only to the data providing server 501 to use the equivalent exchange, the customer uses a server other than the data providing server 501. Illegal use of equivalent exchange using content data obtained at a price different from the offer price of the data providing server 501 or improper use of equivalent exchange using content data downloaded from package media. It can be reliably prevented.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 5
01, the content data D specified in response to the rental request from the portable dedicated terminal 502 used by the customer.
21 is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 502 for recording, and then rented. When the portable dedicated terminal 502 requests to exchange the rented content data D21 with a package medium, the content data D21 is By detecting a package medium that can be exchanged with D21 and presenting a condition for making the exchange value of the package medium and the content data D21 occupied by the customer substantially equivalent, the customer can distribute the content by distribution. Even if the data is acquired, the content data D21 occupied by the customer can be exchanged for package media with a minimum investment, so that the Internet 50 can be exchanged.
4, the content data D21 distributed using D4 can be much easier to obtain, and thus a data providing system that can spread the distribution of content data can be realized.

In the above-described seventh embodiment, the case has been described where the content data D21 rented by the customer is equivalently exchanged with the package medium from the data providing server 501, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, the content data purchased by the customer from the data providing server 501 may be equivalently exchanged with the package media.

According to the seventh embodiment, since the rented content data D21 is equivalently exchanged with the package media, the content data D21 is exchanged.
21 was erased for return at the end of the rental period, but when the content data purchased by the customer is equivalently exchanged with a package medium storing the same content data, the customer may have different content data. Since the content data is not unduly occupied, the content data equivalently exchanged with the package medium may be handled either in the case of erasing or the case where the customer saves the content data as it is.

In the seventh embodiment, the package media exchanged equivalently to the content data D21 occupied by the customer is stored in the package providing server 5.
03 has been described, the present invention is not limited to this. The package media equivalently exchanged with the content data D21 occupied by the customer is exchanged with the customer at the dealer when returning the content data D21. It may be delivered directly.

Furthermore, in the seventh embodiment described above, a case has been described where the content data D21 composed of a single tune occupied by a customer is equivalently exchanged with a package medium composed of a single CD. The invention is not limited to this, and the content data D21 composed of a single song occupied by the customer may be equivalently exchanged with a package medium composed of an album CD.

Further, in the seventh embodiment, music (single tune and single C
Although the case where D) is applied has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and other various contents such as a movie or a book may be applied as content data and package media to be subjected to equivalent exchange. Can be. By doing so, the convenience and versatility of the data providing system can be significantly improved, and the distribution of content data can be further spread.

Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, the customer pays the difference for making the exchange value substantially equivalent by equivalent exchange between the content data D21 occupied by the customer and the package medium. Although the case has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and the data providing server 501 provides the customer with the content data D2.
In order to issue and accumulate points for giving benefits such as discounts in accordance with the rental or purchase of No. 1 and to make the exchange value substantially equivalent by equivalent exchange between the content data D21 occupied by the customer and the package media. The points obtained by the customer may be used instead of part or all of the money to pay the difference.

Further, in the above-described seventh embodiment, the content data D21 is rented from the data providing server 501 using the portable dedicated terminal 502 accessible only to the data providing server 501, and the rented content is obtained. The case where the data D21 is equivalently exchanged with the package medium has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other devices that can be connected to the Internet 504, such as a personal computer and a mobile phone, can be used. The content data may be purchased and rented from the data providing server 501 using a device, and the purchased and rented content data may be equivalently exchanged with the package media.

Incidentally, when the data providing server 501 is used by using another device different from the portable dedicated terminal 502 such as a personal computer or a mobile phone, purchase and rental from the data providing server 501 are performed using the device. Server identification information for identifying the data providing server 501 that is a provider of the content data is added to the content data to be provided, and when an equivalent exchange is requested, it is determined whether or not the customer is permitted to perform the equivalent exchange. At this time, it is determined whether or not the content data presented for the equivalent exchange is provided from the data providing server 501 based on the server identification information, and the content data obtained from another data providing server is presented for the equivalent exchange. Do not allow equivalent exchange when Thus, it is possible to prevent the data providing server from being damaged by equivalently exchanging content data provided by another data providing server.

When the content data rented by a device different from the portable dedicated terminal 502 is equivalently exchanged with the package medium, the equivalent data recorded in the device at the time when the exchange approval data transmitted from the device is received. The content data to be exchanged is erased, and after the confirmation, the equivalent exchange of the package media for the content data is approved. This allows
It is possible to prevent a device different from the portable dedicated terminal 502 from being unduly equivalently exchanged by using the rental content data once equivalently exchanged again.

(9) Eighth Embodiment FIG. 45, in which parts corresponding to those in FIG.
The data provision system 600 according to the eighth embodiment is shown, showing the configuration of the data provision server 601 and the portable dedicated terminal 60 that can access only the data provision server 601.
The configuration is the same as that of the data providing system 500 according to the above-described seventh embodiment except for the configuration of FIG.

In this case, when the data providing server 601 receives the content designating data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 602 by the receiving unit 515, the data providing server 601 receives the content specifying data shown in FIGS.
9 is processed in the same manner as the data providing server 501 according to the seventh embodiment described above, and the content data D21 to which the header data D23 is added is transmitted to the transmitting unit 52.
1 through the Internet 504 to the portable dedicated terminal 6
02, the designated content data D21 is rented to the customer.

By the way, at the end of the rental period for the content data D21, if the portable dedicated terminal 602 is brought to the dealer, the rented content data D21 is erased for return, and even if the rental period ends. When the portable dedicated terminal 602 is not brought into the dealer, the content data D21 is returned to the inside of the portable dedicated terminal 602 so that it cannot be deleted or reproduced.

The data providing server 601 is capable of equivalently exchanging one or a plurality of contents data D21 composed of a single song occupied by a customer with a package medium composed of a single CD or an album CD.

[0611] That is, the data providing server 601 desires to exchange, for example, a plurality of contents data D21 (single songs) occupied by the customer by rental from the portable dedicated terminal 602 with a package medium (album CD). When the equivalent exchange request data is transmitted, it is received by the receiving unit 515 and is taken into the received data determining unit 516.

Here, as shown in FIG. 46 together with FIG. 45, the equivalent exchange request data D40 transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 602 shows the customer's name, customer ID, password, and the equivalent of the customer for equivalent exchange. Titles of a plurality of pieces of content data D21 and equivalent exchange information (contents indicate "1") indicating the presence or absence of equivalent exchange are stored.

[0613] Therefore, the data providing server 601 sends the equivalent exchange request data D40 to the discrimination unit 610 via the customer ID extraction unit 525 and the customer update search unit 518 in order by the reception data discrimination unit 516.

[0614] The data providing server 601 includes a discriminating unit 610.
38 and FIG. 40, it is determined whether or not to permit the customer to perform the equivalent exchange. When the customer is permitted to perform the equivalent exchange, the equivalent exchange request data D
The equivalent exchange processing data D41 is generated by storing the coded name of the customer, the content ID of the content data D21 presented for equivalent exchange, the method of paying the rental fee, and the actually paid amount in 40. The equivalent exchange request data D41 is sent to the value determining unit 611.

Here, as shown in FIGS. 47A to 47C, a package media database 612 provided in the data providing server 601 has a content data table 620 for content data D21 and a single CD. Single data table 6 for a single
21 and an album data table 622 for package media composed of an album CD are stored in advance.

In this case, the content data table 62
0 indicates that the title of the content D21 to be sold and rented by the data providing server 501 is associated with the content ID, and if the content data D21 is, for example, a song that has won the first place in the annual ranking, the acquisition request is relatively small. Points assigned according to the annual ranking are assigned such that 10 points are assigned because there are many songs, and 1 point is assigned because the acquisition request is relatively small in the case of the lowest song (hereinafter referred to as ranking points).
If the age at which the content data D21 was first announced is recent, 10 points are assigned because the acquisition request is relatively large, and if the song is quite old, such as several years ago, the acquisition request is relatively small, so 1 point is assigned. Points assigned according to the announced age so as to assign points (hereinafter referred to as age points) and total points obtained by summing up these ranking points and age points are associated with the content data D21 as a market value. It is configured.

Further, the single data table 621
Is constituted by associating a title of a package medium composed of a single CD, a package ID, a market value composed of ranking points and age points, and a selling price. The album data table 621 stores the title of the package medium composed of an album CD. , A package ID, a market value consisting of ranking points and age points, and a selling price.

[0618] Therefore, the data providing server 601 searches for the content database 620 of the package media database 612 via the package search unit 528 according to the search condition set in advance by the value determination unit 611, and is presented for equivalent exchange. All the total points assigned to the plurality of pieces of content data D21 (single songs) are read out and added to calculate points of the entirety of the plurality of pieces of content data D21 (hereinafter, these points are referred to as whole points).

[0619] Then, the data providing server 601 searches the album database 622 of the package media database 612 via the package search unit 528 based on the total points calculated by the value judging unit 611, thereby obtaining the same total points as the total points. One or a plurality of packaged media consisting of an album CD marked with "" is detected as being equivalently replaceable,
The title, package ID and selling price of the detected package media are read.

[0620] Thus, the data providing server 601 is provided.
When the value determining unit 611 detects one or a plurality of package media that can be equivalently exchanged with the plurality of content data D21 presented by the customer, the detected individual package media and the plurality of content data D21 presented by the customer are detected. In order to make the exchange values of the package media substantially the same, the selling price of the package media is compared with the rental fee paid by the customer for the plurality of pieces of content data D21 to calculate the difference.

[0621] Thus, the data providing server 601 occupies the title and package ID of one or a plurality of package media that can be equivalently exchanged with the equivalent exchange request data D31 by the value determining unit 611, and occupies the customer in executing the equivalent exchange. The customer pays the difference in order to make the exchange value of the content data and the packaged media substantially equal, or the data providing server 601 pays the difference to the customer, and furthermore, the difference is obtained because the sales price and the rental fee are the same. The equivalent exchange condition presentation data D42 is generated by storing the equivalent exchange conditions set so that the exchange value can be executed even without the payment of.

The data providing server 601 transmits the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D42 from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal 602 via the Internet 504, as shown in FIGS. 48 (A) to 48 (C). In addition, one that can be exchanged equivalently with a plurality of content data D21 to the customer
Alternatively, a plurality of package media are notified, and a condition for equivalently exchanging the content data D21 with the package media is notified.

As a result, the data providing server 601 accepts the equivalent exchange from the portable dedicated terminal 602, and when there are a plurality of candidates for the equivalently replaceable package media, the package media selected by the customer is selected from the package media. When the exchange consent data is transmitted, it is received by the receiving unit 515 and transmitted from the received data discriminating unit 516 to the discriminating unit 610, so that the customer approves the equivalent exchange based on the exchange consent data by the discriminating unit 610. And confirm the package media selected for equivalent replacement.

[0624] Then, the data providing server 601 generates package delivery request information using the package ID of the package medium selected by the customer for equivalent replacement by the determination unit 610, and sends it to the transmission data generation unit 520.
The transmission data generation unit 520 generates package delivery request data, and transmits the data to the Internet 50 from the transmission unit 521.
4 to the package providing server 503.

[0628] Thus, the data providing server 601
Then processes the same as the data providing server 501 according to the seventh embodiment described above with reference to FIG. 38, thereby exchanging a plurality of content data D21 occupied by the customer with one package medium consisting of an album CD. Equivalent values are exchanged for almost equal value.

[0626] On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 45, when the customer inputs the designation information of the content data desired to be rented via the operation unit 540, the portable exclusive terminal 602 is the seventh terminal described above with reference to FIG. The same processing as that of the portable dedicated terminal 502 according to the embodiment is executed to rent the content data D21 from the data providing server 601.

[0627] When the customer inputs an equivalent exchange request specifying a plurality of content data D21 for equivalent exchange via the operation unit 540, the portable dedicated terminal 602 receives the request.
The request data generation unit 630 generates the equivalent exchange request data D40 described above with reference to FIG. 46, and transmits the generated equivalent exchange request data D40 from the transmission unit 543 to the data providing server 601 via the Internet 504.

As a result, when the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D42 is transmitted from the data providing server 601 via the Internet 504, the portable dedicated terminal 602 receives the equivalent exchange condition presentation data 549 to the content data D to the customer.
21 and the titles of one or a plurality of package media that can be exchanged equivalently, and the conditions for executing the equivalent exchange (payment or receipt of the difference, and further, no difference has occurred) for each of the package media.

As a result, the portable dedicated terminal 602 obtains the agreement of the equivalent exchange by the customer via the operation unit 540 and obtains the information indicating the package medium selected by the customer for the equivalent exchange from the plurality of package media. The request data generation unit 630 generates exchange consent data representing the consent and the selected package medium, and transmits the exchange consent data.
43 to the data providing server 601 via the Internet 504.

[0630] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 602 is
Thereafter, the data providing server 601 sends the Internet 5
When the equivalent exchange approval data is transmitted via the communication unit 04, the reception unit 544 receives the data and sends the data from the determination unit 545 to the reproduction unit 549. Notify the method, etc.

[0631] Incidentally, when the equivalent exchange disapproval data is transmitted from the data providing server 601 via the Internet 504, the portable dedicated terminal 602 transmits the data to the receiving unit 54.
4 and transmitted from the determination unit 545 to the reproduction unit 549 to notify the customer that the equivalent exchange has not been permitted.

Here, the equivalent exchange processing procedure by the data providing server 601, the portable dedicated terminal 602, and the package providing server 503 of the data providing system 600 is summarized, and corresponds to FIG. 43 (A) and FIG. 44 (A). As shown in FIGS. 49 (A) and 50 (A) in which the same reference numerals are assigned to the parts, first, the portable dedicated terminal 602 executes the routine RT.
The process proceeds from the start step 35 and proceeds to step SP351, in which the processes of steps SP351 to SP354 are sequentially executed, and the process proceeds to step SP401.

[0633] In step SP401, the portable dedicated terminal 602 waits for an equivalent exchange request in which a plurality of pieces of content data D21 are designated for equivalent exchange via the operation unit 540, and the equivalent exchange request is input. Until this is done, the processing returns to step SP351 and continues to steps SP352-SP353-SP354-SP4
01 is repeated.

[0634] In step SP401, when the portable equivalent terminal 602 receives the equivalent exchange request via the operation unit 540, the portable terminal 602 proceeds to step SP402 and generates the equivalent exchange request data D40 by the request data generating unit 630. The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 543 to the data providing server 601 and the process proceeds to step SP357.

On the other hand, in FIG. 49 (B) and FIG. 50 where the same reference numerals are given to the corresponding parts in FIG. 43 (B) and FIG. 44 (B).
As shown in (B), the data providing server 601 enters from the start step of the routine RT36 and proceeds to step SP3.
71, and proceeds to steps SP371 through SP
By sequentially executing the processing of step 375, step SP3
If the customer permits the equivalent exchange at 74, step S
Move to P411

[0636] In step SP411, the data providing server 601 can equivalently exchange one or a plurality of package media provided with the same total points with the total points of the plurality of content data D21 occupied by the customer by the value judging section 611. It detects as a package medium, generates equivalent exchange condition presentation data D42 representing a condition for making the exchange value of each of the detected package media and the plurality of content data D21 substantially equivalent, and transmits from the transmission unit 521 to the portable dedicated terminal. 602,
Move to step SP412.

At this time, in step SP375,
The portable dedicated terminal 602 waits for the transmission of the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D32 or the equivalent exchange disapproval data from the data providing server 601. When any of the data is received by the receiving unit 544, the mobile terminal 602 proceeds to step SP35.
Then, when the received data is the equivalent exchange condition presentation data D42, the process proceeds to step SP403.

[0638] In step SP403, the portable dedicated terminal 602 accepts the equivalent exchange by the request data generation unit 630 in response to the operation of the operation unit 540 by the customer, and the customer selects from the plurality of package media for the equivalent exchange. The exchange consent data representing the package media that has been exchanged is generated, and the generated exchange consent data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 543 to the data providing server 601 and the process proceeds to step SP361.
Then, when the equivalent exchange approval data is received by the receiving unit 544, the process proceeds to step SP404, and the processing by the portable dedicated terminal 602 ends.

[0639] Also, in step SP412, the data providing server 601 waits for transmission of the exchange acceptance data from the portable dedicated terminal 602. When the exchange acceptance data is received by the receiving unit 515, the subsequent steps SP379 to SP379 are performed. After sequentially executing the processing of step SP381, the processing moves to step SP413 and the processing by the data providing server 601 ends. Thus, all the equivalent exchange processing procedures in the data providing system 600 are completed.

[0640] In the above configuration, in the data providing system 600, when the content designating data for requesting the rental of the content data D21 is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 602 to the data providing server 601, the portable type corresponding to the rental is transmitted. The designated content data D21 is transmitted to and recorded on the dedicated terminal 602, and in this way, the content data D21 is provided to the customer using the portable dedicated terminal 602.
21 was rented.

[0641] In the data providing system 600, a plurality of content data D21 (single songs) occupied by the customer by rental are collectively transferred from the portable dedicated terminal 602 to the data providing server 601 in one package medium ( When the equivalent exchange request data D30 requesting an equivalent exchange with the album CD) is transmitted, the data providing server 601 detects the total points of the plurality of pieces of content data D21 and the same total points as the detected total points. Of the package media (album CD) of the customer as equivalent exchangeable, and presenting a condition for substantially equalizing the exchange value of each of the detected package media with a plurality of content data occupied by the customer. The data D42 is transferred to the portable dedicated terminal 60. To send to.

As a result, in the data providing system 600, when the equivalent exchange is accepted from the portable dedicated terminal 602 to the data providing server 601 and the equivalent exchange acceptance data indicating the package media selected for the equivalent exchange is transmitted, Settle the difference due to the equivalent exchange and use the portable dedicated terminal 60
2 to erase the plurality of content data occupied by the customer for return and to deliver the package medium to the customer, so that the package medium comprising the plurality of content data D21 occupied by the customer and the album CD The package media and each content data D21 are exchanged by making the exchange value of the content data substantially equivalent.

Therefore, in the data providing system 600, when the data providing server 601 searches for an equivalent exchangeable package medium, the total points of the plurality of pieces of content data D21 are matched with the total points of the package media. Can be equivalently exchanged with a package medium composed of an album CD storing the same or different content data.

In the data providing system 600, if the data providing server 601 performs matching based on such points, for example, a plurality of contents data D21 are equivalently exchanged with one single CD package medium, or one content CD is exchanged. Content data D21
However, equivalent exchange with a package medium composed of an album CD becomes possible, and the convenience of equivalent exchange can be remarkably improved.

As a result, the data providing system 600
In this case, it is possible to make the use of the contents data D21 more remarkably easier for the customer. If the number of users of the system increases, the distribution of the content data D21 using the Internet can be further spread.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 6
01, the content data D specified in response to the rental request from the portable dedicated terminal 602 used by the customer.
21 is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 602 for recording, and then rented. When the portable dedicated terminal 602 requests to exchange the rented content data D21 with a package medium, the content data D21 is A point selected according to the market value for D21 is matched with a point selected according to the market value for the package medium to detect a package medium exchangeable with the content data, and the detected package medium And a condition for making the exchange value of the content data D21 occupied by the customer substantially equivalent to that of the content data D21 occupied by the customer. The convenience can be greatly improved and thus the Internet It is possible to realize a data providing system capable of dissemination distribution of content data D21.

In the eighth embodiment, points are assigned to the content data, the package media made up of a single CD, and the package media made up of an album CD according to the annual ranking and the age of the first announcement. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in addition to the annual ranking and the age of the first announcement, those who sold relatively much by sales are assigned one point because of their relatively low scarcity value, For items that are not sold, 10 points may be allocated because the scarcity value is relatively high. In addition, points may be assigned by using one or a combination of these annual rankings, ages announced for the first time, and sales.

[0648] Also, in the above-described eighth embodiment, the case has been described where the content data D21 rented by the customer from the data providing server 601 is equivalently exchanged with package media, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, the content data purchased by the customer from the data providing server 601 may be equivalently exchanged with the package media.

According to the eighth embodiment, since the rented content data D21 is equivalently exchanged with the packaged media, the content data D21 is exchanged.
21 was erased for return at the end of the rental period, but when the content data purchased by the customer is equivalently exchanged with a package medium storing the same content data, the customer may have different content data. Since the content data is not unduly occupied, the content data equivalently exchanged with the package medium may be handled either in the case of erasing or the case where the customer saves the content data as it is.

[0650] Furthermore, in the eighth embodiment described above, a case has been described where package media equivalently exchanged with the content data D21 occupied by the customer is delivered to the customer by the package providing server 503. The present invention is not limited to this, and the package media equivalently exchanged with the content data D21 occupied by the customer may be directly delivered to the customer at the dealer.

In the eighth embodiment described above, music (single tune and single C) are stored in the content data and package medium to be exchanged equivalently, respectively.
Although the case where D) is applied has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and other various contents such as a movie or a book may be applied as content data and package media to be subjected to equivalent exchange. Can be. By doing so, the convenience and versatility of the data providing system can be significantly improved, and the distribution of content data can be further spread.

[0652] Furthermore, in the above-described eighth embodiment, the case where the difference for making the exchange value substantially equal by equivalent exchange between the content data D21 occupied by the customer and the package medium is settled by money. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The data providing server 601 issues and accumulates points for giving a privilege such as a discount according to rental or purchase of the content data D21 to the customer, and accumulates the points. May be settled at the points obtained by the customer instead of part or all of the money in order to make the exchange value almost equivalent by equivalent exchange between the content data D21 occupied by the user and the package medium. .

Further, in the above-described eighth embodiment, the content data D21 is rented from the data providing server 601 using the portable dedicated terminal 602 accessible only to the data providing server 601. The case where the data D21 is equivalently exchanged with the package medium has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other devices that can be connected to the Internet 504, such as a personal computer and a mobile phone, can be used. The content data may be purchased and rented from the data providing server 601 using a device, and the purchased and rented content data may be equivalently exchanged with the package media.

Incidentally, when the data providing server 601 is used by using another device different from the portable dedicated terminal 602 such as a personal computer or a mobile phone, purchase and rental from the data providing server 601 are performed using the device. Server identification information for identifying the data providing server 601 that is the provider of the content data is added to the content data to be provided, and when an equivalent exchange is requested, it is determined whether or not the customer is permitted to perform the equivalent exchange. At this time, it is determined whether or not the content data presented for the equivalent exchange is provided by the data providing server 601 based on the server identification information, and the content data acquired from another data providing server is presented for the equivalent exchange. Do not allow equivalent exchange when Thus, it is possible to prevent the data providing server from being damaged by equivalently exchanging content data provided by another data providing server.

[0655] When the content data rented by a device different from the portable dedicated terminal 602 is equivalently exchanged with the package medium, the equivalent data recorded in the device at the time when the exchange approval data transmitted from the device is received. The content data to be exchanged is erased, and after the confirmation, the equivalent exchange of the package media for the content data is approved. This allows
It is possible to prevent a device different from the portable dedicated terminal 602 from being unduly equivalently exchanged by using the rental content data once equivalently exchanged again.

(10) Ninth Embodiment FIG. 51 shows a data providing system 700 according to a ninth embodiment, and has a personal computer configuration corresponding to the system management site 2 described above with reference to FIGS. The management server 701 includes a request terminal 702 having a personal computer configuration corresponding to the request terminal used by the customer 3 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and a personal computer corresponding to the dealers 4A to 4N described above with reference to FIGS. Configuration data providing server 7
03, a package providing server 704 having a personal computer configuration corresponding to the sales company 5 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and an advertiser company having a personal computer configuration corresponding to the advertiser company site 6 described above with reference to FIGS. A server 705 and a portable dedicated terminal 706 corresponding to the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 are connected to each other via the Internet 707.

As shown in FIG. 52, the system management server 701 sends a RAM (Random Acceses) to a control unit 710 such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) via a bus 711.
s Memory) 712, ROM (Read Only Memory) 71
3, a display unit 714, an input unit 715, a hard disk drive (HDD: Hard Disk Drive) 716, and a network interface 717 are connected.

In this case, the control unit 710
Reads out various programs stored in advance in the RAM 7
12, the updating unit 60 and the matching unit 63 described above with reference to FIG. 4, the charging unit 116 described above with reference to FIG. 5, the charging unit 156 described above with reference to FIG. The content search unit 162 and the transmission data generation unit 164, the advertiser company information update unit 213, the customer information update unit 215, and the matching unit 21 described above with reference to FIG.
6. The same processing as that of the matching unit 268 described above with reference to FIG. 25 can be executed.

[0659] Incidentally, the system management server 701 stores the R
According to various programs stored in advance in the OM 713, the updating unit 60 and the matching unit 63 described above with reference to FIG.
The charging processing unit 116 described above with reference to FIG. 5, the charging processing unit 156 described above with reference to FIG.
1. Content search unit 162 and transmission data generation unit 16
4. The advertiser company information updating unit 21 described above with reference to FIG.
3. The same processing as that of the customer information updating unit 215 and the matching unit 216, and the matching unit 268 described above with reference to FIG. 25 is executed, but by installing a program storage medium storing these various programs in the system management server 701, Various processes may be executed.

[0660] Note that various programs for executing such various processes described above are stored in the system management server 701.
As a program storage medium to be installed in an executable state, for example, a flexible disk,
The present invention may be realized not only by package media such as CD-ROM and DVD, but also by a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

The control unit 710 records and manages various information such as customer registration information and advertiser company registration information used in the entire system on the hard disk of the hard disk drive 716.

[0666] Further, the control unit 710 sends the request terminal 702,
Data providing server 703, package providing server 70
4. Advertiser company server 705 and portable dedicated terminal 706
And various types of information such as customer information, advertiser company information, customer introduction information, and advertiser company introduction information.

In this way, the system management server 701 having a personal computer configuration can realize the same functions as those of the system management site 2 described above with reference to FIG. 1 according to various programs.

[0669] Incidentally, the system management server 701 uses the input unit 715 and the display unit 714 to confirm various information recorded on the hard disk drive 717, for example.

As shown in FIG. 53, the request terminal 702 is connected to a control unit 720 such as a CPU via a bus 721 to which a RAM 722, a ROM 723, a display unit 724, an input unit 725, a hard disk drive 726 and a network interface 727 are connected. It is configured.

[0666] In this case, the control unit 720
Reads out various programs stored in advance in the RAM 7
The request data generation unit 71 and the display control unit 74 described above with reference to FIG. 4 and the operation information determination unit 1 described above with reference to FIG.
21, the request data generation unit 122, the discrimination unit 125, and the billing processing unit 127, and the same processes as those of the request data generation unit 321 and the display control unit 324 described above with reference to FIG.

[0667] Incidentally, the request terminal 702 has a ROM
The request data generator 71 and the display controller 7 described above with reference to FIG.
4, the operation information determination unit 121, the request data generation unit 122, the determination unit 125, and the billing processing unit 12 described above with reference to FIG.
7, the same processes as those of the request data generation unit 321 and the display control unit 324 described above with reference to FIG. 28 are executed, but these programs are executed by installing a program storage medium storing these programs in the request terminal 702. You may do it.

[0668] As a program storage medium for installing the various programs for executing the above-described various processes in the request terminal 702 and making it executable, for example, a flexible disk, a CD, or the like
-Not only package media such as ROM and DVD,
It may be realized by a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk or the like in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. Also,
As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, and the programs are stored via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. You may do it.

[0669] The control unit 720 also stores various information such as address information of the system management server 701 and the data providing server 703 that can be accessed, into the hard disk drive 72.
6 is recorded and stored on the hard disk.

[0670] Further, the control section 720 controls the system management server 70 via the network interface 727.
1. Various types of information such as customer information and content data acquisition requests can be exchanged with the data providing server 703.

[0671] Incidentally, the request terminal 702 is used when the customer makes a rental reservation of the content data and the portable dedicated terminal 706 to the data providing server 703, or the like.
25 and a display unit 724 are used.

As shown in FIG. 54, the data providing server 7
Reference numeral 03 denotes a RAM 732, a ROM 733, a display unit 734, an input unit 7 via a bus 731 to a control unit 730 such as a CPU.
35, a hard disk drive 736 and a network interface 737 are connected.

In this case, the control unit 730
Reads out various programs stored in advance in the RAM 7
32, the content search unit 62 and the package search unit 64 described above with reference to FIG. 4, the recording control unit 117 described above with reference to FIG. 5, and the received data determination unit 15 described above with reference to FIG.
5, recording control unit 157, operation information determination unit 158, request data generation unit 159, and search unit 3 described above with reference to FIG.
38, the received data discriminating unit, the content ID extracting unit 517, the customer update searching unit 518, the content searching unit 519, the transmission data generating unit 520, the customer ID extracting unit 525, and the discriminating unit 52 described above with reference to FIG.
6, the value determining unit 527 and the package searching unit 528, the determining unit 610 and the value determining unit 611 described above with reference to FIG.
The same processing as described above can be executed.

[0674] Incidentally, the data providing server 703 stores the RO
According to various programs stored in advance in M733, FIG.
, The content search unit 62 and the package search unit 64 described above, the recording control unit 117 described above with reference to FIG.
The received data discriminating unit 155, the recording control unit 157, the operation information discriminating unit 158 and the request data generating unit 159 described above with reference to FIG. 8, the search unit 315 and the matching unit 316 described above with reference to FIG. , Content ID extraction unit 517, customer update search unit 518, content search unit 519, transmission data generation unit 5
20, the customer ID extraction unit 525, the determination unit 526, the value determination unit 527, the package search unit 528, and the same processing as the determination unit 610 and the value determination unit 611 described above with reference to FIG. 45 are executed. These various processes may be executed by installing the stored program storage medium in the data providing server 703.

[0675] Note that as a program storage medium for installing various programs for executing the above-described various processes in the data providing server 703 so as to be in an executable state, for example, a flexible disk, C
The present invention may be realized not only by package media such as D-ROM and DVD, but also by a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

[0676] Also, the control unit 730 records and retains and manages various kinds of information such as customer registration information of customers who use the dealers and content data provided to the portable dedicated terminal 706 on the hard disk of the hard disk drive 736. I have.

[0677] Further, the control unit 730 sends the information to the system management server 70 via the network interface 737.
1. Customer information, content data, etc. between the package providing server 704, the request terminal 702 and the portable dedicated terminal 706 via the system management server 701,
Various information such as package delivery request data can be exchanged.

[0678] Incidentally, the data providing server 703 uses the input unit 735 and the display unit 7 when requesting the content data from the system management server 701 or when confirming various information recorded on the hard disk drive 736.
34 are used.

As shown in FIG. 55, in the package providing server 704, a RAM 742, a ROM 743, a display unit 744, an input unit 745, a hard disk drive 746, and a network interface 747 are connected to a control unit 740 such as a CPU via a bus 741. It is configured.

[0680] In this case, the control unit 740
Reads out various programs stored in advance in the RAM 7
The package ID extracting unit 56 described above with reference to FIG.
1. Package search unit 562, package removal control unit 5
64 and the shipping packing instruction section 565.

[0680] Incidentally, the package providing server 704
According to various programs stored in the ROM 743 in advance, the package ID extraction unit 561 described above with reference to FIG.
Package search unit 562, package extraction control unit 564
And the same processing as that of the shipping packing instruction section 565 is executed,
These various processes may be executed by installing a program storage medium in which these various programs are stored in the package providing server 704.

Note that various programs for executing the various processes described above are provided in the package providing server 70.
For example, as a program storage medium for installing the program into the executable state and making it executable, not only a package medium such as a flexible disk, a CD-ROM, and a DVD, but also a semiconductor memory in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored Or a magnetic disk or the like. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

The control unit 740 records and manages various types of information such as package media inventory and storage information on the hard disk of the hard disk drive 746.

[0684] Further, the control unit 740 controls the data providing server 703 via the network interface 747.
And various kinds of information such as package delivery request data and delivery arrangement completion data.

[0684] Incidentally, the package providing server 704
For example, the input unit 745 and the display unit 744 for confirming various information and the like recorded in the hard disk drive 747.
You are using

As shown in FIG. 56, the advertiser company server 7
Reference numeral 05 denotes a RAM 752, a ROM 753, a display unit 754, an input unit 7 via a bus 751 to a controller 750 such as a CPU.
55, a hard disk drive 756 and a network interface 757 are connected to each other.

In this case, the control unit 750
Reads out various programs stored in advance in the RAM 7
The transmission control unit 231, the display control unit 234, the customer selection unit 237, and the transmission data generation unit 2 described above with reference to FIG.
The same processing as that of 38 can be executed.

[0688] Incidentally, the advertiser company server 705 has the RO
1 according to various programs stored in the M753 in advance.
1 and the transmission control unit 231 and the display control unit 23 described above.
4. The same processes as those of the customer selection unit 237 and the transmission data generation unit 238 are executed, but these various processes are executed by installing a program storage medium storing these various programs in the advertiser company server 705. May be.

[0689] As a program storage medium for installing the various programs for executing the above-described various processes in the advertiser company server 705 to make it executable, for example, a flexible disk, C
The present invention may be realized not only by package media such as D-ROM and DVD, but also by a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

[0690] Also, the control unit 750 controls the Internet 7
Various information such as distribution data provided through the hard disk drive 07 is recorded on the hard disk of the hard disk drive 756 and maintained and managed.

Further, the system management server 70 is controlled via the control unit 7405 and the network interface 757.
1, various information such as advertiser company information and customer introduction information can be exchanged.

[0691] Incidentally, the advertiser company server 705 uses the input unit 755 and the display unit 754 when inputting advertiser company information.

As shown in FIG. 57, the portable dedicated terminal 70
Reference numeral 6 denotes a terminal main body 770 having a recording / reproducing function of content data and being freely portable.
It is configured to be detachably attachable to a cradle 771 having a function of charging the cradle and a communication function using the Internet 707.

[0694] In this case, the terminal body 770 is provided with a display portion 772 made of a liquid crystal display on the front of the housing, and the display portion 772 is used for acquiring an image based on the content data and acquiring the content data. Various operation screens and the like can be displayed.

Also, below the display unit 772 at the front of the housing,
A reproduction start button 773, a reproduction stop button 774, and a transmission button 775 are provided. Using these buttons, a transmission start instruction and a reproduction stop instruction for content data, and transmission for transmitting various requests to the data providing server 703 and the like are provided. It is made so that a command can be input.

[0696] Incidentally, a charging lamp 776 for notifying the terminal main body 770 when the terminal main body 770 is being charged is provided on the front of the casing, and a logo mark 777 of a dealer who sells and rents the portable exclusive terminal 706 is drawn. Have been.

[0697] Further, a headphone jack 778 is provided on the top surface of the housing, and a power button 779 is provided on the right side surface of the housing.
And a volume adjustment dial 780.
In addition to this, a cancel button 781 is provided on the left side surface of the housing, and a rotary operation member (hereinafter referred to as a jog dial) 782 that can be freely rotated and pressed is provided to slightly protrude from the surface of the housing. Have been.

[0698] As a result, the terminal body 770 transmits the sound obtained by reproducing the content data to the headphone jack 7.
From the headphone 78, the sound can be transmitted to the headphone for listening, and at this time, the volume can be adjusted by the volume adjustment dial 780.

[0699] The terminal main body 770 operates the jog dial 78 when the operation screen or the like is displayed on the display section 772.
When the rotary operation of the button 2 is performed, a scroll operation or the like of the operation screen is executed in response to the operation, and when erroneous information or an instruction is input on the operation screen, the operation can be canceled using the cancel button 781.

On the other hand, the cradle 771 is an AC (Altern
An adapter 790 is provided, and when the AC adapter 790 is connected to a commercial power supply or the like with the terminal body 770 attached, the battery in the terminal body 770 can be charged.

The cradle 771 has a modular jack 791, an audio output terminal 792, and a USB (Univer
sal Serial Bus) terminal 793 is provided, and the system management server 7
01 and the content data etc. received by communicating with the data providing server 703 to the terminal body 770,
The audio data obtained from the terminal body 770 can be output from an audio output terminal 792 to an external speaker or the like, and the content data obtained from the outside can be taken in from a USB terminal 793 and sent to the terminal body 770.

Here, the circuit configuration of portable dedicated terminal 706 will be described with reference to FIG. First cradle 77
1 is stored in the storage unit 80 by the CPU 800 via the bus 801.
2, USB controller 803, audio output terminal 792,
A modem 804 is connected. The power supply unit 805 converts the power supply voltage taken from the AC adapter 790 into an internal voltage of a predetermined voltage, and supplies the internal voltage to the CPU 800 and each circuit block, thereby driving the entire cradle 771.

[0707] Also, the terminal main body 770 sends the flash memory 822 and the LCD to the CPU 820 via the bus 821.
(Liquid Crystal Display) A controller 823, an amplifier 824, and an operation key controller 825 are connected, and an internal voltage is supplied from a battery circuit unit 826 to the CPU 820.
And the terminal body 770 by supplying it to each circuit block.
The whole is driving.

[0704] The terminal body 770 is
When the cradle 771 is mounted, the power supply input terminal 831 is connected to the power supply terminal 830 of the cradle 771 so that the power is supplied from the power supply unit 805 of the cradle 771 via the power supply terminal 830 and the power input terminal 831 sequentially. The power supply voltage is taken into the battery circuit section 826 to be charged, and thus the battery circuit section 826 can be used freely even when it is detached from the cradle 71.

[0705] The terminal body 770 is provided with the cradle 77.
When attached to the cradle 771, the main body side information input / output terminal 833 is connected to the cradle side information input / output terminal 832 provided on the cradle 771, so that data and various information can be exchanged with the cradle 771. Has been made.

In practice, the portable dedicated terminal 706 can connect the USB terminal 793 of the cradle 771 to the data providing server 703 via a USB cable (not shown). The content data transmitted from the data providing server 703 via the USB cable is captured from the USB terminal 793 to the USB controller 803 inside the cradle 771, and the captured content data is transmitted from the cradle-side information input / output terminal 832 to the terminal body 770. I do.

[0707] In this case, the terminal main body 770 takes in the content data sent from the cradle side information input / output terminal 832 of the cradle 771 to the CPU 820 via the main body side input / output terminal 833 via the interface section 834, and thus flashes the content data. Memory 82
Record in 2.

[0708] After recording the content data in the flash memory 882 in this manner, the terminal main body 770 fetches a reproduction start command given from the operation key controller 825 in response to the operation of the reproduction start button 773 to the CPU 820. Thereby, the content data is reproduced from the flash memory 822, the reproduced content data is transmitted from the LCD controller 823 to the display unit 772, and the content data is transmitted from the amplifier 824 to the headphone jack 778, thereby allowing the customer to enjoy the content. It has been made possible.

[0709] When various information such as a content data acquisition request is input via the operation key controller 825, the terminal main body 770 fetches the information into the CPU 820, and the interface unit 834 and the main body side information input / output from the CPU 820. It is sent to the cradle 711 via the terminal 833 in order.

At this time, the cradle 711 is
Various kinds of information given from 70 are fetched from the cradle side information input / output terminal 832, and the fetched various kinds of information are transmitted from the modem 804 to the data providing server 703 via the system management server 701 via the modular jack 791.

[0711] As a result, when various information such as content data is transmitted from the data providing server 703 or the like via the system management server 701, the cradle 711 transmits the information from the modular jack 791 to the C via the modem 804.
The received various information is sent to the terminal body 770 from the cradle-side information input / output terminal 832.

[0712] Thus, the terminal main body 770 transmits various information transmitted from the cradle 771 to the CPU 8 via the main body side information input / output terminal 833 via the interface section 834.
20 and thus notify the customer of the content of the information via the display unit 772 and the headphone jack 778, or record the information in the flash memory 822.

[0713] In this way, the terminal body 770 is
820 reads out various programs stored in the ROM 840 in advance and develops them on the RAM 841 in accordance with these various programs, and according to these various programs, the recording control unit 81, the reproduction control unit 84, and the request data generation unit 8 described above with reference to FIG.
6, the request data generation unit 241 described above with reference to FIG.
Recording control unit 245 and reproduction control unit 248, request data generation unit 270 described above with reference to FIG. 25, reproduction control unit 342 described above with reference to FIG. 28, request data generation unit 344 and recording control unit 347, and operation information determination described above with reference to FIG. Unit 541, request data generation unit 542, determination unit 545,
The recording control unit 546 and the reproduction control unit 548 can perform the same processing as the request data generation unit 630 described above with reference to FIG.

[0714] Incidentally, the terminal main body 770 of the portable dedicated terminal 706 has the recording control unit 81, the reproduction control unit 84 and the request data generation unit 86 described above with reference to FIG. The request data generation unit 241, the recording control unit 245, and the reproduction control unit 248, the request data generation unit 270 described above with reference to FIG. 25, and the reproduction control unit 3 described above with reference to FIG.
42, a request data generation unit 344 and a recording control unit 347,
The same processes as those of the operation information determination unit 541, the request data generation unit 542, the determination unit 545, the recording control unit 546, and the reproduction control unit 548 described above with reference to FIG. 38, and the request data generation unit 630 described above with reference to FIG. These various processes may be executed by installing a program storage medium storing these various programs in the terminal main body 770.

[0715] Note that a program storage medium for installing various programs for executing the above-described various processes in the terminal main body 770 of the portable dedicated terminal 706 and making it executable can be, for example, a flexible disk. , A CD-ROM, a DVD, or other package media, as well as a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

The cradle 771 stores the storage medium 80
The CPU 800 stores various information such as the address of a server that can access the server 2, and the CPU 800 can communicate with the system management server 701 and the like according to the various information in the storage unit 802.

In the above configuration, in the data providing system 700, the system management server 701, the request terminal 702, the data providing server 703, the package providing server 704, and the advertiser company server 705 each have a personal computer configuration.

Therefore, in this data providing system 700, the system management server 701, the request terminal 70
2. Data providing server 703, package providing server 7
It is not necessary to newly produce the hardware 04 and the advertiser company server 705 with a hardware configuration, and a system can be easily constructed using these personal computers only by installing various programs on existing personal computers.

[0719] In the data providing system 700, the portable dedicated terminal 706 is provided with a new hardware configuration instead of a personal computer configuration. However, the portable dedicated terminal 706 is portable and the operation buttons are simplified. By doing so, even a person who does not own a personal computer or is unfamiliar with the operation of a personal computer can easily and easily handle it.

According to the above configuration, the system is constructed by using the system management server 701, the request terminal 702, the data providing server 703, the package providing server 704, and the advertiser company server 705 having a personal computer configuration. An existing personal computer can be easily and easily configured as the system management server 701, the request terminal 702, the data providing server 703, the package providing server 704, and the advertiser company server 705.

(11) Tenth Embodiment FIG. 59, in which parts corresponding to those in FIG.
A data providing system 900 according to the tenth embodiment is shown, and the portable dedicated terminal 7 described above with reference to FIGS.
The data providing system 700 according to the ninth embodiment except for the configuration of the portable dedicated terminal 910 corresponding to A to 7N
It is configured similarly to.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 60, the portable dedicated terminal 910 has a function of recording / reproducing content data and has a function of charging the terminal body 911 which can be freely carried and a function of charging the terminal body 911. Internet 707
It is configured so that it can be detachably mounted on a cradle 912 having a communication function utilizing

[0723] The terminal body 911 is provided with a display portion 913 formed of a liquid crystal display on the front of the housing.
3 is capable of displaying a video based on the content data, various operation screens used when acquiring the content data, and the like.

[0724] Also, below the display unit 913 on the front of the housing,
A character input key group 91 having ten-key configuration of “0” to “9”
4, a character type change key 915, and a cancel key 916 are provided. When the character input key group 914 is used as a numeric keypad while the content selection screen is displayed on the display unit 913, the identification associated with the content in advance is performed. A desired content can be selected and designated by inputting a bar code number as information, and a character input key group 914, a character type change key 915, and a cancel key 916 can be used together.
A desired content can be selected and designated by inputting a title or the like of the content with Japanese characters (Hiragana, Katakana, and Kanji), English characters (Roman characters), numbers, and symbols.

[0725] By the way, a charging lamp 917 for notifying that the terminal main body 911 is being charged is provided on the front of the housing, and a logo mark 918 of a dealer who sells and rents the portable dedicated terminal 910 is provided. It is drawn.

[0726] Further, a headphone jack 919 and a microphone 920 are provided on the top surface of the housing, and a power button 921 and a volume adjustment dial 92 are provided on the right side surface of the housing.
2 are provided.

[0727] In addition, a transmission button 923 for transmitting various requests to the data providing server 703 and the like is provided on the left side of the housing, and a jog dial 924 capable of rotating and pressing freely is provided on the housing. It is provided slightly projecting from the surface.

[0728] Thus, the terminal body 911 is displayed on the display unit 91.
When the jog dial 924 is rotated and pressed while the operation screen for reproducing the content data is displayed on the screen 3, various commands such as a content data reproduction start command and a content data reproduction command can be input.

[0729] In this way, the terminal body 911 sends out the sound obtained by reproducing the content data from the headphone jack 919 to headphones (not shown), and also reproduces the video obtained by reproducing the content data. The content can be displayed on the display unit 913 so that the user can view and listen to the content. At this time, the volume can be adjusted according to the turning operation of the volume adjustment dial 922.

[0731] As shown in FIG.
1 is a camera 9 for pattern recognition at the upper center of the back of the housing.
The camera 925 can pick up and designate a desired content by picking up a barcode pattern preliminarily associated with the content, and can use the camera 925 and the microphone 920 together for a predetermined time (number). (Seconds) of moving images and sounds can be taken in as notes for desired information.

[0731] Further, a detachable battery pack 926 is mounted on the lower side of the rear surface of the housing. When the power button 921 is pressed, a battery voltage is supplied from the battery pack 926 to various internal circuits to enable operation. Start in state.

[0732] Incidentally, a connector described later is provided on the lower surface of the housing, and can be electrically connected to the cradle 912 via the connector. The connector is connected to a connector of an AC adapter 927 connected to a commercial power supply or the like. By connecting 928, the battery pack 926 can be directly charged without going through the cradle 912.

On the other hand, the cradle 912 (FIG. 60) is provided with a connector 929 on the upper surface of the housing.
By connecting the connector of the terminal body 911 to the terminal 9, the terminal body 911 can be electrically connected (that is, the terminal body 911 can be attached).

[0734] The cradle 912 has a connector 928 of the AC adapter 927 detachably attached thereto.
When the C adapter 927 is connected to a commercial power supply or the like, the A
When the power supply voltage is supplied to the internal circuits from the C adapter 927 and the terminal body 911 is activated, and when the terminal body 911 is electrically connected, the AC adapter 927 supplies the battery pack 926 of the terminal body 911 to the battery pack 926. Supply power supply voltage to charge.

Further, a cradle 912 has a modular jack 930 for a public line network having a relatively low communication speed.
And a jack for Ethernet (registered trademark) 931 whose communication speed is much higher than that of the public line network (hereinafter referred to as an ether jack) 931.

[0736] When the terminal main body 911 is attached to the cradle 912, the terminal main body 911 allows the user to arbitrarily select one of a public line network and an Ethernet (registered trademark) as a communication line to be used. Modular jack 930 compatible with Ethernet (registered trademark)
And a communication with the system management server 701 and the data providing server 703 via the Ethernet jack 931.

[0737] In addition, the cradle 912 is provided with a video output terminal 932 and an audio output terminal 933.

[0738] As a result, when the terminal main body 911 reproduces the content data while being attached to the cradle 912, the terminal main body 911 transmits the video data and audio data constituting the content data to the television via the video output terminal 932 and the audio output terminal 933. The content can be transmitted to an external device such as a John receiver for viewing the content.

[0739] Here, the circuit configuration of the portable dedicated terminal 910 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the terminal body 91
1 is provided with a main CPU 940 that controls the entire circuits in the terminal main body 911 and the cradle 912.

[0739] The terminal body 911 is provided with a sub CPU 941 which controls the start and stop of each circuit in the terminal body 911 and also has a function as a human interface.

[0741] When the power button 921 is pressed, the sub CPU 941 activates the power button 921, the character input key group 914, the character type change key 915, and the cancel key 91.
6. Volume control dial 922, send button 923
When a start command is given from the operation unit 942 including the jog dial 924 and the operation unit 942, the battery voltage supplied from the battery pack 926 is taken into the internal power supply monitoring circuit 941A, and the power supply monitoring circuit 941A converts the battery voltage into a plurality of types of predetermined levels. Convert to internal voltage and terminal body 911
Each of these circuits is individually activated by supplying it to the corresponding circuit.

[0742] Then, the sub CPU 941
By individually controlling the start and stop of each circuit in the terminal main body 911 in accordance with the processing contents executed by the U 940, wasteful consumption of the battery voltage of the battery pack 926 can be reduced as much as possible.

When the terminal main body 911 is activated, the main CPU 940 reads various programs stored in advance in the system memory 943, which is a Flash ROM, via the memory bus B1, and expands them on the SDRAM 944.

[0744] Accordingly, the main CPU 940 executes the recording control unit 8 described with reference to FIG.
1. Reproduction control unit 84 and request data generation unit 86, FIG.
The request data generation unit 241, the recording control unit 245, and the reproduction control unit 248 described above with respect to FIG. 25, the request data generation unit 270 described above with reference to FIG. 25, and the reproduction control unit 342, the request data generation unit 344, and the recording control unit 347 described with reference to FIG. 38, the operation information determination unit 54 described above with reference to FIG.
1. The request data generation unit 542, the determination unit 545, the recording control unit 546, the reproduction control unit 548, and the same processes as those of the request data generation unit 630 described above with reference to FIG. 45 can be executed.

[0745] That is, before selling and renting the portable dedicated terminal 910 at the dealer, the main CPU 940 stores the data memory 945 made of Flash ROM.
Further, content data designated by the customer for purchase and / or rental, header data added to the content data, a customer ID issued along with the customer registration, and the like are recorded in a compressed and coded state.

[0746] After the portable dedicated terminal 910 is sold and rented to the user, the main CPU 940 operates the sub CPU 941, an I ² C bus B2 composed of a serial bus (generally SM (System Management)).
), The playback operation screen data is read from the system memory 943 via the memory bus B1 in response to the operation request for content data playback via the memory bus B1. The read reproduction operation screen data is transmitted to the timing generator 946.

The timing generator 946 controls the display unit 913 based on the screen data and video data provided from the main CPU 940 (1 of the display unit 913).
When the reproduction operation screen data is given from the main CPU 940, the display unit 913 is controlled based on the reproduction operation screen data. Display the playback operation screen.

[0748] In this state, the main CPU 940 specifies the content data to be reproduced and the reproduction thereof on the reproduction operation screen according to the operation of the operation unit 942, and accordingly, the sub CPU 941 and the I ² C bus from the operation unit 942. When a designation command of content data and a reproduction start command are sequentially given via B2, the designated compression-encoded content data (hereinafter referred to as compressed content data) is sent from the data memory 945 via the memory bus B1. ).

[0749] Then, the main CPU 940 decodes the compressed content data read from the data memory 945, and sends out the video data of the video data and audio data constituting the obtained content data to the timing generator 946. After converting the audio data into an analog audio signal in the digital-to-analog converter 947, the audio data is transmitted to the headphone jack 919 via the headphone amplifier 948.

[0750] Accordingly, main CPU 940 can display the video of the content based on the video data on display unit 913 via timing generator 946, and can also display the video based on the audio signal from headphones (not shown) connected to headphone jack 919. The sound of the content is output so that the content can be viewed.

[0751] The main CPU 940 operates the operation unit 94.
When a memo input command is given from the second through the sub CPU 941 and the I ² C bus B2 sequentially, the camera 925 captures an image of a subject for a predetermined time and captures the obtained video data. Sounds around the time are collected, and the obtained audio signals are converted into digital audio data via the microphone amplifier 949 and the analog-to-digital converter 950 in order, and these video data and audio data are compression-coded as memo data. After that, the data memory 945 is connected via the memory bus B1.
To be recorded.

[0752] Incidentally, the main CPU 940 at this time
The sub CPU is operated from the operation unit 942 in accordance with the operation of the character input key group 914, the character type change key 915, and the cancel key 916.
When a character string such as a comment for a memo is sequentially given as text data via the 941 and the I ² C bus B2, the text data is added to the memo data, compression-encoded, and recorded in the data memory 945.

The main CPU 940 operates the operation unit 94
When a reproduction start instruction for memo data is given from the second through the sub CPU 941 and the I ² C bus B2 in sequence,
By performing the same processing as when the content data is reproduced, the contents of the memo can be confirmed via the display unit 913 and the headphones.

[0754] By the way, the main CPU 940 includes a PC
I (Peripheral Component Interconnect) bus B3,
A connector 9 provided on the lower surface of the housing via a bus switch 951, a predetermined bus compliant with the PCI standard (hereinafter, referred to as a PCI compliant bus) B4, and a protection circuit 952 sequentially.
53 is electrically connected.

[0755] The protection circuit 952 has a function of protecting each circuit in the terminal main body 911 from external static electricity and preventing leakage of unnecessary radiation generated by data (signal) processing in the terminal main body 911 to the outside. Have.

[0756] The protection circuit 952 includes a connector 953
To detect whether or not the connector 929 of the regular cradle 912 is connected to the main CPU 940.
Has been notified.

[0757] The main CPU 940 controls the bus switch 951 according to the detection result notified from the protection circuit 952, so that the protection circuit 952 is connected to the connector 953 until the connector 929 of the regular cradle 912 is connected. , And is electrically connected to the protection circuit 952 via the bus switch 951 only while the connector 929 of the regular cradle 912 is connected to the connector 953.

[0758] Thus, even if an electronic device different from the cradle 912 is erroneously connected to the connector 953 and the connector 953 is short-circuited, the main CPU 940 can protect itself from damage or the like.

[0759] Here, the cradle 912 takes in a power supply voltage supplied from an AC adapter 927 connected to a commercial power supply or the like into an internal power supply monitoring circuit 955, and the power supply monitoring circuit 955 converts the power supply voltage into a plurality of predetermined levels. These internal circuits are activated by converting them into internal voltages and supplying them to the corresponding circuits in the cradle 912.

[0760] The cradle 912 is connected to the terminal body 91.
When 1 is mounted, the power supply monitoring circuit 955 converts the power supply voltage to a predetermined level of charging voltage, and supplies the charging voltage from the connector 929 to the battery pack 926 via the connector 953 of the terminal body 911 to perform charging. .

The main CPU 940 receives a communication operation request from the operation unit 942 via the sub CPU 941 and the I ² C bus B2 in a state where the terminal main body 911 is mounted on the cradle 912, and responds accordingly. The communication operation screen data is read from the system memory 943 via the memory bus B1, and the read communication operation screen data is transmitted to the timing generator 946, so that the display unit 913 displays the communication operation screen based on the communication operation screen data. .

In this state, the main CPU 940 arbitrarily selects one of the public network and Ethernet (registered trademark) on the communication operation screen according to the operation of the operation unit 942, and sets the URL (Uniform) of the communication partner. Resource L
ocator) is specified, and in response to this, when a command to select a communication line, a URL, and a transmission command are given from the operation unit 942 via the sub CPU 941 and the I ² C bus B2 in sequence, the communication partner specified by the URL Generate access request data for.

[0764] When Ethernet (registered trademark) is selected as a communication line used for communication, the main CPU 940 compresses and encodes the access request data, and converts the obtained access request compressed data into the PCI bus B3 and the bus switch. 951, PCI compliant bus B4, protection circuit 952
Are sequentially transmitted from the connector 953 to the cradle 912 via the connector 953, and the access request compressed data is transmitted via the connector 929, the Ethernet controller 956 and the Ethernet interface 957 from the Ethernet jack 931 via the Ethernet (registered trademark) in the cradle 912. Send to the other party.

[0764] As a result, when the access confirmation data corresponding to the access request from the communication partner is compression-encoded and returned via the Ethernet (registered trademark), the main CPU 940 transmits the compression-encoded access confirmation data (hereinafter referred to as "compression encoded data"). , This is referred to as access confirmation compressed data) from the Ethernet jack 931 of the cradle 912 to the connector 953 via the Ethernet interface 957, the Ethernet controller 956, and the connector 929 sequentially.
The access confirmation data is transmitted from the connector 953 to the protection circuit 952, the PCI compliant bus B4, and the bus switch 951.
And sequentially through the PCI bus B3 for decoding.

[0765] Here, the system management server 7 with which the portable dedicated terminal 910 can communicate (that is, permitted communication).
01 and the access confirmation compressed data transmitted from the data providing server 703 of the dealer store an identification code unique to the system management server 701 and the data providing server 703 (or the dealer).

[0766] Also, the data memory 9 of the terminal main body 911 is used.
45 stores an identification code unique to a system management server 701 and a data providing server 703 (or a dealer) that can communicate (that is, communication is permitted) when selling and renting the portable dedicated terminal 910. I have.

[0767] Accordingly, when the access confirmation data is generated by decoding the access confirmation data, the main CPU 940 compares the identification code stored in the access confirmation data with the identification code recorded in the data memory 945 in advance. I do.

[0768] As a result, if the compared identification codes match, the main CPU 940 determines that the designated communication partner is a legitimate communication partner permitted to communicate, and continues the communication, so that the content data is transmitted. Acquisition and introduction of advertisers and companies can be requested.

On the other hand, if the compared identification codes are different from each other or the identification code is not stored in the access confirmation data, main CPU 940 determines that the designated communication partner is different from the communication partner permitted to communicate. And the communication is forcibly terminated, so that the portable dedicated terminal 91
0 can communicate with a communication partner to whom communication is not permitted to prevent content data and the like from being used improperly.

[0770] In this way, main CPU 940 can communicate via Ethernet (registered trademark) only with a communication partner to which communication has been permitted in advance, and as a result, system management server 701, which is a normal communication partner, and data Various screen data (hereinafter, referred to as various compressed screen data) such as advertiser company introduction data and content selection screen data, which are compression-encoded from the providing server 703, and compressed content data for advertisement and acquisition are transmitted via Ethernet ( (Registered trademark), these various data are taken in the same route as the access confirmation compressed data described above,
Decrypt if necessary.

[0771] By the way, when the various kinds of compressed screen data is taken in, the main CPU 940 decodes the compressed screen data and sends it to the timing generator 946, so that the various kinds of screen data are displayed on the display unit 913 via the timing generator 946. Based screens (advertiser company introduction screen, content selection screen, etc.) are displayed.

[0772] Also, when the main CPU 940 is communicating via a Ethernet (registered trademark) with a communication partner to which communication has been permitted in advance, the main CPU 940 sends a command to the sub CPU 9
When 41 and the I ^{2 C} bus B2 sequentially various requests such as the content acquisition request via generates request data in response to the request by the given request compressed data compressed and encoded request data thus generated, resulting Is transmitted to a legitimate communication partner via Ethernet (registered trademark) in the same path as the above-described access request compressed data.

[0773] By the way, when the main CPU 940 selects and designates a desired content for acquisition, as described above, the title of the desired content,
A bar code numeral or the like previously associated with the content can be input.

[0774] At this time, the main CPU 940 also displays the barcode pattern associated with the content with the camera 9
25, and in this case, the camera 925
Is analyzed in accordance with a predetermined image recognition program, and as a result, the content selected and designated can be specified.

[0775] On the other hand, the main CPU940 compression-encodes the access request data in the case of the public network is selected as a communication line used for communication, an access request compressed data obtained as serial data I ^{2 C} bus B2 To the sub CPU 941 via the

[0776] The sub CPU 941 is a UART (Universa
l Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter) has the function of a device and converts the access request compressed data given from the main CPU 940 into parallel data,
The access request compressed data is transmitted from the connector 953 to the cradle 912 via the protection circuit 952 via the connector 929 and the modem interface 958.
30 to the communication partner via the public line network.

As a result, when the access confirmation compressed data is returned from the communication partner via the public line network, the main CPU 940 transfers the access confirmation compressed data to the cradle 9.
Twelve modular jacks 930 and the modem 952 and the connector 929 sequentially take in the connector 953, and the access confirmation compressed data is taken in from the connector 953 to the sub CPU 941 via the protection circuit 952 and converted into serial data. The data is fetched and decoded via the I ² C bus B2.

[0778] In this manner, the main CPU 940 records the identification code stored in the access confirmation data obtained by decoding the access confirmation compressed data and the data memory 945 even when using the public line network. And the corresponding identification code.

[0779] Thus, only when the compared identification codes match, the main CPU 940 determines that the accessed communication partner is a legitimate communication partner permitted to communicate in advance, and continues communication using the public line network. I do.

[0780] Then, the main CPU 940 communicates with the communication partner to which communication has been permitted in advance via the public line network, and the system management server 701 as the communication partner.
And various compressed screen data such as advertiser company introduction data and content selection screen data and compressed content data for advertisement and acquisition from the data providing server 703, these various data are transmitted from the modular jack 930 to the sub CPU 941. The data is fetched through a crossing path and processed in the same manner as when the above-mentioned Ethernet (registered trademark) is used.

The main CPU 940 operates the sub CPU 941 and I ² C from the operation unit 942 in a state where the main CPU 940 is communicating with a communication partner permitted to communicate in advance via a public network.
When request data corresponding to the request is generated by sequentially receiving various requests such as a content acquisition request via the bus B2, the generated request data is compression-encoded,
The obtained requested compressed data is transmitted to a legitimate communication partner via a public line network via a path extending from the sub CPU 941 to the modular jack 930.

The main CPU 940 displays the content selection screen composed of the three-dimensional virtual reality space image described above with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31 in both the Ethernet (registered trademark) and the public network.
13, the processing is performed in the same manner as in the portable dedicated terminal 303 (FIGS. 28 to 37) according to the sixth embodiment described above.

[0783] Then, when the main CPU 940 moves the customer image to the designated coordinate position on the content selection screen (the first floor image in the store and the second floor image in the store), the main CPU 940 designates that the customer image has moved to the designated coordinate position. After compressing and encoding the coordinate position data, the data is transmitted to the data providing server 703 via the Ethernet (registered trademark) and the public line network selected at this time.

[0784] At this time, when the data providing server 703 receives the designated coordinate position data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 910, the data providing server 703 converts the content data for advertisement (ie, the advertisement data) designated by the designated coordinate position data. Compression-encodes the resulting compressed content data into UDP / I
The same Ethernet (registered trademark) as the transmission path of the specified coordinate position data compressed and encoded in a streaming format according to P (User Datagram Protocol / Internet Protocol)
And, it transmits to the portable dedicated terminal 910 via the public line network.

As a result, when the main CPU 940 fetches the compressed content data for advertisement transmitted from the data providing server 7903, the main CPU 940 temporarily stores the fetched compressed content data for advertisement in the SDRAM 944.

[0786] Then, the main CPU 940 executes the SDRA
The compressed content data for advertisement is read out from M944 and decoded, and the video data and the audio data constituting the obtained content data are sent to the timing generator 946, and the audio data is converted by the digital-analog converter 947. After being converted into an analog audio signal, the signal is transmitted to a headphone jack 919 via a headphone amplifier 948.

[0787] Thus, the main CPU 940 displays the content promotion image based on the video data on the display unit 913 by the timing generator 946, and also promotes the content based on the audio signal from the headphones connected to the headphone jack 919. It is designed to output sound and thus allow a part of the content to be viewed for advertisement.

[0788] As described above, the main CPU 940 determines whether or not the compressed content data for advertisement transmitted from the system management server 701 or the data providing server 703, which is a legitimate communication partner, in a streaming format is in SDRA format.
Streaming reproduction is performed using M944 as a buffer.

[0789] The main CPU 940 is connected to the display section 91.
When desired content data is selected and designated on the content selection screen composed of the three-dimensional virtual reality space image displayed in 3, the content designation data representing the selected and designated content data is compression-encoded and then selected. The data is transmitted to the data providing server 703 via the Ethernet (registered trademark) and the public line network.

[0790] At this time, upon receiving the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 910, the data providing server 703 compression-encodes the acquisition content data designated by the content designation data, and obtains the obtained compression data. Content data is transmitted using TCP / IP (Transmission Con
trol Protocol / Internet Protocol), and transmits to the portable dedicated terminal 910 via the same Ethernet (registered trademark) and public network as the transmission path of the compression-encoded content designation data.

As a result, when the main CPU 940 fetches the compressed content data for acquisition transmitted from the data providing server 7903, the main CPU 940 temporarily stores the compressed content data as it is in the SDRAM 944, and
The data is transmitted to the data memory 945 via the memory bus B1 and recorded using M944 as a buffer.

When the main CPU 940 obtains various data such as compressed content data from the system management server 701 and the data providing server 703 as described above, an error occurs in the processing of the various data by using the SDRAM 944 as a buffer. And download.

[0793] In addition to this, when the terminal main body 911 is mounted on the cradle 912, the main CPU 940 sets the display section of the terminal main body 911 as a reproduction output destination of the content data on the reproduction operation screen displayed on the display section 913. 91
3 and a headphone jack 919 and an external device such as a television receiver can be arbitrarily selected.

[0794] Then, the main CPU 940 selects the display unit 913 and the headphone jack 919 of the terminal main body 911 as the reproduction output destination of the content data on the reproduction operation screen.
When a command to select the display unit 913 and the headphone jack (along with a command to specify content data and a command to start playback) are given via the 41 and the I ² C bus B2 sequentially, the terminal body 911 described above is attached to the cradle 912. The compressed content data is reproduced and decoded from the data memory 945 in the same manner as in the case where the content is not read, and the content is viewed through the display unit 913 and the headphones.

[0795] The main CPU 940 selects an external device as the reproduction output destination of the content data on the reproduction operation screen.
41 and I ^{2 C} When the bus B2 successively through selectively specified external device instruction is given (with the selected designation command and the playback start instruction of the content data), from the data memory 945 via the memory bus B1, designated Read the compressed content data.

[0796] Then, the main CPU 940 decodes the compressed content data, and converts the video data of the video data and audio data constituting the obtained content data into an analog video signal in the digital-to-analog converter 959 for video. Then, the video signal is transmitted from the connector 953 to the cradle 912 via the protection circuit 952, and the video signal is transmitted from the video output terminal 932 via the connector 929 to the external device in the cradle 912.

[0797] At this time, the main CPU 940 converts the audio data constituting the content data into an analog audio signal in the digital-to-analog converter 947, and sends the analog audio signal from the connector 953 to the cradle 912 via the protection circuit 952. The cradle 912 converts the audio signal into two left and right channel analog audio signals via the power amplifier 960, and sends the analog audio signal to an external device from the audio output terminal 933.

[0798] Thus, the main CPU 940 can enjoy the content using, for example, a large-screen display and a high-quality speaker using not only the terminal main body 911 but also an external device.

[0799] Further, when the terminal main body 911 is mounted on the cradle 912, the main CPU 940 processes not only the content data but also the memo data in the same manner as the content data, and the display section 913 of the terminal main body 911 and the headphone. And the external device can confirm the contents of the memo.

In the case of the tenth embodiment, the main CPU 940 controls the system memory 943 and the data memory 945 via the control bus B5, and controls the camera and the digital-to-analog converter 9 for audio.
47 and the analog-to-digital converter 950 with the I ² C bus B
2 is controlled.

[0801] When generating the acquisition request data for the content data, the main CPU 940 includes, in the acquisition request data, content designation information for designating a desired content by a title, a bar code, or the like, or purchase and rental of the content data. Presence / absence, payment information for content data purchase price and rental fee (payment method is, for example, credit payment), customer ID
Etc. are stored.

[0802] Upon receiving the acquisition request data from the portable dedicated terminal 910, the data providing server 703 receives customer information (customer account number) of the customer who has requested acquisition of the content and the selling price of the content data each time. In addition, charging processing is performed based on the rental fee and the account number of the bank of the dealer.

As a result, the data providing server 703 generates billing information for sales and rental of content data, and transmits the generated billing information to the Internet 707.
By transmitting the payment to the above payment processing server, the payment processing server executes electronic payment processing based on the accounting information.

[0804] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 910 can be used without leaving the user to go to the dealer and staying at home.
The content data can be obtained, and a purchase price and a rental fee for the content data can be paid.

In the above-described configuration, in the data providing system 900, the portable dedicated terminal 910 is provided with a character input key group 914 having a ten-key structure.
14, the user can input a barcode number previously associated with the content to select and specify the acquisition content.

[0806] In this data providing system 900, a camera 925 is provided on the portable dedicated terminal 910, and the camera 925 images a barcode pattern previously associated with the content, and selects and specifies the content to be obtained. I got it.

[0807] Therefore, in the data providing system 900, when selecting and specifying the content to be obtained on the portable dedicated terminal 910, a number is simply input without inputting a plurality of characters such as the title of the content. Alternatively, the desired content can be easily selected and designated simply by taking an image of the barcode pattern with the camera 925.

According to the above configuration, the portable dedicated terminal 910 having the character input key group 914 having a ten-key configuration and the camera 925 for pattern recognition is used, and thus the ninth embodiment can be obtained. In addition to the effects that can be obtained, simply input a number via the character input key group 914 on the portable dedicated terminal 910 or use the camera 925.
To realize a data providing system that can easily select and specify desired content only by imaging a barcode pattern, thereby improving the usability of a portable dedicated terminal and making it much easier to use. Can be.

[0809] In the tenth embodiment described above, in the portable dedicated terminal 910, the terminal body 911
The main CPU 940 according to various programs pre-stored in the system memory 943, the recording control unit 81, the reproduction control unit 84, the request data generation unit 86 described above with reference to FIG. 4, and the request data generation unit 2 described above with reference to FIG.
41, recording control unit 245 and reproduction control unit 248, FIG.
The request data generation unit 270 described above with reference to FIG. 28, the reproduction control unit 342 described above with reference to FIG. 28, and the request data generation unit 34
38, a recording control unit 347, the operation information determining unit 541, the request data generating unit 542, and the determining unit 5 described above with reference to FIG.
45, recording control unit 546 and reproduction control unit 548, FIG.
Has been described above, the same processing as the above-described request data generation unit 630 is executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the program storage medium storing these various programs may be installed in the terminal body 911. These various processes may be executed.

[0810] Incidentally, as a program storage medium for installing various programs for executing the above-described various processes in the terminal main body 911 of the portable dedicated terminal 910 to make it executable, for example, a flexible disk , A CD-ROM, a DVD, or other package media, as well as a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored. As a means for storing various programs in these program storage media, a wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem. It may be stored.

[0811] In the above-described tenth embodiment, the case has been described in which the portable dedicated terminal 910 can communicate only with a specific communication partner to which communication has previously been permitted, based on the identification code. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and after the user starts using the portable dedicated terminal 910, a contract is made with a new dealer and the like, an identification code unique to the dealer is acquired, and one mobile phone is acquired. The mold dedicated terminal 910 may communicate with a plurality of dealers. In this way, for example, the portable dedicated terminal 910 is provided for each dealer.
, And one portable dedicated terminal 910 can be used as a common dedicated terminal for a plurality of dealers, and thus the usability of the portable dedicated terminal 910 can be further improved.

[0812] Furthermore, in the tenth embodiment described above, the case has been described where the terminal main body 911 of the portable dedicated terminal 910 is operated with the battery voltage supplied from the detachable battery pack 926. The present invention is not limited to this, and the terminal body 911 of the portable dedicated terminal 910 may be used.
The terminal body 911 may be operated using either a battery pack or a primary battery. This makes it possible to easily replace the primary battery at a place where the user is away from the office and to operate the primary battery for a longer time.

[0813] Furthermore, in the tenth embodiment described above, each time the data providing server 703 receives the content acquisition request data, it generates billing information, and the payment processing server generates an electronic charge based on the billing information. Although the case where the settlement process is executed has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and the data providing server 703 or the system management server 701 may collectively execute the batch processing once a month or once every two weeks. Generate billing information, or integrate the billing information generated each time the acquisition request data is received,
The payment processing may be executed in the payment processing server at the regular timing.

(12) Eleventh Embodiment FIG. 63 shows a data providing system 1000 according to an eleventh embodiment, and a data providing server 1001 corresponding to the stores 4A to 4N described above with reference to FIGS.
The request terminal 1002 corresponding to the customer 3 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 (that is, the request terminal used by the customer 3) and the portable dedicated terminals 7A to 7N described above with reference to FIGS. In addition, portable dedicated terminals 1003 that are exclusively used for the dealers 4A to 4N and can access only the data providing server 1001 are connected to each other via the Internet (not shown).

[0815] The data providing server 1001 includes a customer database 1010 for storing customer registration information and customer registration screen data, and a content database 10 for storing a large number of content data and content selection screen data.
11 are provided.

[0813] When the request terminal 1002 transmits the registration request data requesting the registration of the customer, the data providing server 1001 receives the registration request data by the receiving unit 1012 and takes it into the updating unit 1013.
13 reads out the customer registration screen data from the customer database 1010 based on the registration request data, and transmits the read customer registration screen data from the transmission unit 1014 to the request terminal 1002.

[0817] As a result, the data providing server 1001
When the customer information input on the customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is transmitted from the request terminal 1002, the customer information is received by the receiving unit 1012 and is updated by the updating unit 1012.
13 and the updating unit 1013 issues a customer ID to the customer requesting registration and adds the customer ID to the customer information. The customer information added with the customer ID is stored in the customer database 1010 as customer registration information. Register the customer by memorizing.

[0818] By the way, when the customer is registered by the updating unit 1013, the data providing server 1001 generates registration end data including the customer ID and transmits it from the transmitting unit 1014 to the request terminal 1002.

[0819] Thus, the data providing server 1001
The end of registration and the customer ID are notified to the customer via the request terminal 1002.

[0820] When the acquisition request data for requesting the acquisition of the content data is transmitted from the request terminal 1002, the data providing server 1001 transmits this to the receiving unit 1012.
And received by the search unit 1015.

[0821] Then, the data providing server 1001 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the acquisition request data, and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 1014 to the request terminal 1002. .

[0822] As a result, the data providing server 1001
When reservation information representing the reservation information is transmitted by inputting the reservation information on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data from the request terminal 1002, the reservation data is received by the receiving unit 1012, and the search unit 1012 receives the reservation data.
Take in to 15.

[0823] Thus, the data providing server 1001
The search unit 1015 reads the content data specified by the reservation data from the content database 1011 based on the reservation data, and directly connects the read content data from a dedicated terminal (not shown) to the dedicated terminal via a cable or the like. The data is sent to a portable dedicated terminal (not shown) before being handed over to the customer and recorded.

[0824] Thus, the data providing server 1001
Is the content data from the customer and the portable dedicated terminal 1
Prior to the purchase and rental of 003, the content data to be purchased and rented is recorded and prepared in the portable dedicated terminal 1003 to be purchased and rented in the same manner.
When the user arrives at the store where the 001 is installed, the portable terminal 1003 is handed over and sold and rented.

[0825] When the data providing server 1001 transmits, via the Internet, acquisition request data for requesting acquisition (purchase and rental) of content data from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 sold and rented to the customer, the data is transmitted to the server. Retrieval unit 10 received by receiving unit 1012
Take in to 15.

At this time, the data providing server 1001 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the acquisition request data, and transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 1014 to the portable type of the customer. The data is transmitted to the dedicated terminal 1003.

[0827] As a result, the data providing server 1001
When the specification information of the content data is input on the content selection screen based on the content selection screen data from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, and the content specification data representing the specification information is transmitted, the content specifying data is transmitted to the receiving unit 101.
2 and received by the search unit 1015.

[0827] Then, the data providing server 1001 reads out the content data designated from the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the content designation data, and transmits the read content data to the TCP / IP (Transmission Control Pro- cessor).
The transmission unit 1014 transmits the data to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 according to the protocol (tocol / Internet Protocol) and records the data.

[0827] Thus, the data providing server 1001
Is designed to be able to sell and rent desired content data to customers using the portable dedicated terminal 1003.

On the other hand, when a customer's registration request is input by the customer via the operation unit 1020, the request terminal 1002 generates registration request data representing the registration request by the request data generation unit 1021, and the generated registration request data The data is transmitted from the transmission unit 1022 to the data providing server 1001.

[0831] As a result, upon receiving the customer registration screen data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 1023, the request terminal 1002 sends the received customer registration screen data from the display control unit 1024 to the display unit 1025. As a result, a customer registration screen based on the customer registration screen data is displayed on the display unit 1025.

[0832] When the customer information is input on the customer registration screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 1020 by the customer, the request terminal 1002 generates the customer information data by the request data generation unit 1021 and sends the request information to the request terminal 1002. The data is transmitted to the data providing server 1001, and the data providing server 1001 executes customer registration.

[0832] By the way, when the registration terminal data is transmitted as a result of the customer registration from the data providing server 1001, the request terminal 1002 receives this by the receiving unit 1023, and then sends it from the display control unit 1024 to the display unit 1025. This notifies the customer of the end of the customer registration and the customer ID via the display unit 1025.

[0834] When the customer inputs a content data acquisition request via the operation unit 1020, the request terminal 1002 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request by the request data generation unit 1021, and the request terminal 1002 generates the request. The transmission unit 1022 transmits the acquisition request data to the data providing server 1001.

[0838] As a result, when the request terminal 1002 receives the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 1023, the request terminal 1002 displays the received content selection screen data on the display control unit 1022.
4 to the display unit 1025 to display a content selection screen based on the content selection screen data on the display unit 1025.

[0836] When the reservation information is input on the content selection screen according to the operation of the operation unit 1020 by the customer, the request terminal 1002 requests the request data generation unit 1020.
The reservation data is generated by the transmission unit 1022 and transmitted from the transmission unit 1022 to the data providing server 1001, thereby ending the advance reservation for purchase and rental of the content data and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 by the customer.

[0837] By the way, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 sold and rented to the customer with the content data recorded on the internal recording medium 1040 receives the playback command through the operation unit 1041, and the playback control unit The content data purchased and rented by the customer in advance is reproduced from the recording medium 1040 by the recording medium 1042, and the reproduced content data is transmitted to the reproduction unit 1043 including a display control unit, a display unit, and a speaker, so that the customer can enjoy the content. I can do it.

[0838] When the customer inputs a content data acquisition request via the operation unit 1041, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 generates acquisition request data representing the acquisition request by the request data generation unit 1044. The transmission unit 1045 transmits the generated acquisition request data to the data providing server 1001.

[0839] As a result, when the portable selection terminal 1003 receives the content selection screen data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 1046, the portable exclusive terminal 1003 transmits the received content selection screen data to the reproduction unit 1043, A content selection screen based on the selection screen data is displayed.

[0840] When the specification information of the content data is input on the content selection screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 sets the content specification data representing the specification information by the request data generation unit 1044. Is generated, and the generated content specifying data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001.

[0841] Accordingly, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 receives the content data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 1046, and transmits the received content data to the recording medium 1047 by the recording control unit 1047.
Record at 40.

[0832] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
Can acquire (purchase and rent) content data from the data providing server 1001 via the Internet, and can convert the content data acquired via the Internet into a recording medium in the same manner as the content data acquired by the above-mentioned advance reservation. 1040.

[0843] By the way, the data providing server 1001
When acquiring a large number of content data from a content server (not shown) corresponding to the system management site described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and constructing the content database 1011, the content server supplies the content from the content server. A predetermined development tool for creating a selection screen has been acquired.

[0844] Then, the data providing server 1001 uses the development tool to represent the inside of the store as a three-dimensional image (hereinafter referred to as a three-dimensional virtual reality space image in particular), and the three-dimensional virtual reality space image Generates content selection screen data from which a customer can select package media from a shelf and select content data while actually moving around in a store, and then stores the generated content selection screen data in the content database 1011.
I remember.

[0845] Incidentally, the data providing server 1001 reproduces the arrangement of shelves, cashier counters, stairs, and the like in the store of the dealer and the arrangement of package media in the shelves almost faithfully using a three-dimensional virtual reality space image. Content selection screen data is being generated.

[0846] Then, the data providing server 1001 matches the same content data as the content data in a large number of package media actually sold and rented at the dealer in accordance with the three-dimensional virtual reality space image constituting the content selection screen data. Data is stored in the content database 101
1 is stored.

[0847] The data providing server 1001 may store the new package media on a shelf in the dealer's store (that is, acquire new content data from the content server), or store in the dealer's store. The content selection screen data is updated regularly or at an arbitrary timing in accordance with, for example, renovation.

[0848] As a result, the data providing server 1001
This provides the customer who selects the content data on the content selection screen with the feeling of actually selecting the package media in the dealer.

[0849] In practice, as shown in Fig. 64, the content selection screen data includes a store exterior image 1050 representing the exterior (entrance) of the dealer, and a first floor image 1 representing each floor in the store.
051 and a second floor image 1052 in the store, a store shelf image 1053 showing a plurality of shelves containing package media for each genre in the store in an enlarged manner, a spine of package media arranged on the shelf in an enlarged manner, and content data Is composed of a plurality of image data obtained by adding a selection confirmation image 1055, which is a two-dimensional image for confirming the content data selected by the customer, to a three-dimensional virtual reality space image such as a content selection image 1054 capable of selecting a user. .

In this case, the store exterior image 1050 is provided with a store entry button 1060 for entering the store and switching the display to the store first floor image 1051.

[0851] The in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052 include the in-store second floor image 1052 of another floor.
And the in-store move buttons 1061 and 1062 for switching the display to the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store first floor image 1
051 and a shelf selection button 1063 for selecting a shelf for each genre arranged in the in-store second floor image 1052 and switching the display to the in-store shelf image 1053, a selection confirmation image after the customer selects content data to purchase and rent A registration counter button 1064 for switching the display is provided at 1055.

[0852] The in-store shelf image 1053 is provided with a detail button 1065 for distinguishing package media by Japanese syllabary or the like and switching the display to the content selection image 1054 for each of the distinguished package media.

[0853] The store exterior image 1050, the store first floor image 1051, the store second floor image 1052, and the content selection image 1054 include a person image (hereinafter, referred to as a customer image) 1066 as a customer and a store clerk. A simulated person image (hereinafter, referred to as a clerk image) 1067 is displayed, and the customer image 1066 is moved as if actually walking in the store, and the enter button 1060 and the in-store button 1 are moved.
061 and 1062, a shelf selection button 1063, a cashier counter button 1064, and a button assigned to the content selection image 1054 by superimposing it on the spine of the package medium or by selecting (clicking) these buttons close to the vicinity. The user is allowed to input a specified image designation command.

[0854] In addition, the in-store shelf image 1053 and the selection confirmation image 1055 display a cursor (not shown) for reversely displaying characters by superimposing the details button 1065, the confirmation button 1068, the cancel button 1069, and the like. Then, by moving the cursor and selectively designating (clicking) these buttons, a command assigned to the button can be input.

[0855] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 that has received the content selection image data displays the store appearance image 1050 of the content selection screen on the playback unit 1043, and displays the store appearance image 1050 in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041. When the customer image 1066 is moved and the store entry button 1060 is selected and specified, the store inside floor image 1051 is displayed instead of the store appearance image 1050.

[0856] In addition, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the customer image 1066 within the in-store first floor image 1051 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 1041, and when the in-store move button 1061 is selected and specified, the in-store first floor image 1051 Is displayed, an in-store first floor image 1051 is displayed.

[0857] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
Is an in-store first-floor image 105 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
When the customer image 1066 is moved within the first or second store image 1052 and one of the shelf selection buttons 1063 is selected and specified, the first store image 1051 and the second store image 1052 are selected.
Instead, the in-store shelf image 1053 corresponding to the shelf selection button 1063 selected and designated is displayed.

[0858] The portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the cursor on the in-store shelf image 1053 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041, and when any of the detail buttons 1065 is selected and designated, the in-store shelf image 1053 is displayed. Instead, the corresponding content selection image 1054 is displayed.

[0859] Thereby, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 operates the content selection image 105 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
After the customer image 1066 is moved within 4 and the content data is selected and designated as one of the package media, when the in-store move buttons 1061 and 1062 are selected and designated, the first floor of the store is replaced again with the content selection image 1054. The image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052 are displayed.

[0860] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
After the desired content data is selected and designated, for example, when the customer image 1066 is moved in the in-store second floor image 1052 and the cashier counter button 1064 is selected and designated,
Selection confirmation image 105 instead of the in-store second floor image 1052
5 is displayed.

[0861] Here, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 displays the title of the content data selected by the customer, the name of the customer, the customer ID, the password, and the like in the selection confirmation image 1055, and responds to the operation of the operation unit 1041. By moving the cursor, the rental period or purchase of the content data can be input, and when the rental period or purchase is input, the price for the rental or purchase of the content data is displayed accordingly.

[0861] When the portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the cursor on the selection confirmation image 1055 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041 and selects and designates the confirmation button 1068, the request data generation unit 1044 selects the confirmation confirmation image. 1
By generating content specification data using the information in 055 as specification information and transmitting the generated content specification data from the transmission unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001, content data specified by the customer can be obtained.

[0863] On the other hand, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
Is a selection confirmation image 105 according to an operation of the operation unit 1041.
When the cancel button 1069 is selected and designated by moving the cursor on the display 5, for example, the in-store first floor image 1051 is displayed instead of the selection confirmation image 1055, so that the content data can be selected again.

[0864] Incidentally, since the data amount of such content selection screen data is relatively large, the data providing server 1001 receives the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, 1
In 003, first, the data of the store appearance image 1050 is transmitted as content selection screen data, and the store appearance image 1050 is transmitted.
When the entry button 1060 is selected and specified above, the entry button on each image constituting the content selection screen data is transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 so as to receive the notification and transmit the data of the in-store first floor image 1051. 1060, every time the display switching to another image is designated by the in-store movement buttons 1061 and 1062, the corresponding image data is transmitted upon receiving the notification.

[0866] In addition, as shown in FIGS. 65 (A) and (B), the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1
In 052, the advertisement viewing area 1080 is set in front of the shelf for each genre so as to be invisible on the image.

[0866] In the advertisement viewing area 1080 in front of each shelf, one piece of content data selected (that is, recommended by the dealer) by the dealer desiring to advertise by genre is assigned in association with the shelf. ing.

[0867] Then, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the customer image 1066 in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052 in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041, and moves the customer image 1066 in the advertisement viewing area 1080 in front of each shelf. Move to
The customer image 106 is generated by the request data generation unit 1044.
The genre advertisement request data representing the advertisement viewing area 1080 containing 6 is generated, and the generated genre advertisement request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001.

[0868] At this time, the data providing server 1001 receives the genre advertisement request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 by the receiving unit 1012, and loads it into the searching unit 1015.

[0869] The data providing server 1001 uses the search unit 1015 to set a predetermined portion (a portion that can be reproduced for only a few seconds) of the content data assigned to the advertising viewing area 1080 represented by the genre advertising request data as advertising data. And read out the read advertisement data using UDP / IP (User Datagram Protocol / InternetPro).
transmission unit 1014 in a streaming format according to
To the portable dedicated terminal 1003.

[0870] The portable exclusive terminal 1003 receives the advertising data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 104.
6 and sends it to the playback unit 1043,
The recording medium is temporarily recorded on a predetermined recording medium for a buffer provided in 43, and the advertisement data is reproduced from the recording medium and output to the display unit and the speaker.

[0871] As a result, when the customer image 1066 moves to the front of the shelf of each genre in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 displays the contents belonging to the genre assigned to the shelf. Is streamed for a few seconds, and the content recommended by the dealer is viewed.

[0887] Here, when the portable dedicated terminal 1003 obtains a video such as a movie (hereinafter referred to as a video for advertisement) based on the advertisement data, the portable unit 1003 in the reproduction unit 1043 stores
The advertisement video is superimposed and displayed on the floor image 1051 and a part of the in-store second floor image 1052.

At this time, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 can move the customer image 1066 within the in-store first-floor image 1051 and the in-store second-floor image 1052, and the display of the advertisement video for a preset several seconds is completed. If the customer image 1066 comes out of the advertisement viewing area 1080 before the display, the display of the advertisement video is ended at that time.

[0874] By the way, even when the portable dedicated terminal 1003 obtains music (hereinafter, referred to as music for advertisement) based on the advertisement data, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 can store the first floor image 1051 in the store and the second store in the store.
The customer image 1066 can be moved within the floor image 1052, and the customer image 1010 can be moved from within the advertisement viewing area 1080 before the output of the promotional music for a predetermined few seconds is completed.
When 66 is output, the output of the music for promotion is terminated at that time.

[0875] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 responds to the operation of the operation unit 1041 for the customer who wants to view the content of each genre, and the first floor image 105 in the store.
1 and the advertisement viewing area 1080 in the shop second floor image 1052
By keeping the customer image 1066 inside the content, the content can be viewed for a predetermined few seconds.

[0876] On the other hand, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
For a customer who does not want to view the content of each genre, the customer image 1061 in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
6 is moved around the advertising viewing area 1080, or
Even if the customer image 1066 enters the advertisement viewing area 1080, the customer image 1066 can be promptly taken out of the advertisement viewing area 1080 to avoid viewing the content.

[0877] Also, as shown in FIG.
053, an enlarge button 1081 is provided for each frame that distinguishes package media by Japanese syllabary or the like.

[0878] The portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the cursor on the in-store shelf image 1053 according to the operation of the operation unit 1041, and when any of the enlargement buttons 1081 is selected (clicked), the content selection screen is displayed. And provides the content advertisement designation image 1082 corresponding to the selected enlargement button 1081 to the data providing server 1
001 and the content promotion designation image 10
82 is displayed in place of the in-store shelf image 1053.

In this case, the content advertisement designation image 108
2 displays a list of, for example, the names of the artists distinguished by the Japanese syllabary, and displays a cursor (not shown) for highlighting the characters of the artist's name. One piece of content data, such as a new song or a hit song, which is separately selected for advertisement (that is, recommended by the dealer) is assigned.

[0880] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 operates the content advertisement designation image 10 in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
When the name of the artist who wants to advertise is selected and designated by moving the cursor on 82, the request data generation unit 10
In step 44, individual advertisement request data representing the name of the selected and designated artist is generated, and the generated individual advertisement request data is transmitted from the transmission unit 1045 to the data providing server 1.
001.

[0885] At this time, the data providing server 1001 receives the individual advertisement request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 by the receiving unit 1012, and loads it into the searching unit 1015.

[0882] Then, the data providing server 1001 reads out a predetermined portion (a portion that can be reproduced for only a few seconds) of the content data assigned to the name of the artist represented by the individual advertisement request data as the advertisement data by the search unit 1015. At the same time, the read advertisement data is
Transmitter 1014 in streaming format according to P / IP
To the portable dedicated terminal 1003.

[0883] The portable dedicated terminal 1003 receives the advertising data transmitted from the data providing server 1001 by the receiving unit 104.
6 and sends it to the playback unit 1043,
At the same time, the data is once recorded on the buffer recording medium 43, and the advertisement data is reproduced from the recording medium and output to the display unit and the speaker.

[0884] As a result, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 displays, instead of the content advertisement designation image 1082, an advertisement image 1083 (for example, a music video) based on the streamed advertisement data for several seconds,
The advertising music based on the advertising data is output for the same time as the advertising video, and the customer is allowed to view a new song or a hit song recommended by the dealer for the desired artist.

[0885] By the way, when the display of the advertisement video is completed, the portable exclusive terminal 1003 causes the reproduction unit 1043 to display the content advertisement designation image 1082 again.

[0886] Then, the content promotion designation image 10
82 is provided with a shelf button 1084.

[0887] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 operates the content advertisement designation image 10 in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
When the cursor is moved on 82 and the shelf button 1084 is selected and designated, the corresponding in-store shelf image 1053 is displayed instead of the content advertisement designation image 1082.

[0888] In this way, the portable exclusive terminal 1003 can again select and designate an artist who wants to advertise, and also selects a new song or a hit song of the selected and designated artist for purchase and rental after actually watching it. It is made to be able to be specified.

[0889] Thus, the portable dedicated terminal 1003
Is a first-floor image 105 in a store represented in a three-dimensional virtual reality space.
If the customer image 1066 is moved within the first and second floor image 1052 of the store, a predetermined portion of content data such as a movie, a book, a game, or the like is displayed in the same manner as when a part of a new song or a hit song of the artist is viewed. Is acquired as advertisement data, and these movies, books, games, and the like can be viewed for several seconds.

[0890] In the case of the eleventh embodiment, as described above, the data providing server 1001 divides the content selection screen data into image data to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, sequentially transmits the image data, and advertises. By transmitting the data in a streaming format, the capacity of the recording medium 1040 in the portable dedicated terminal 1003 is prevented from increasing.

[0891] When the portable dedicated terminal 1003 captures the advertising data, the portable video terminal 1003 fades in the advertising video and advertising music based on the advertising data and starts playback, and fades out and ends the playback. .

[0892] Therefore, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 can gently present the content recommended by the dealer to the customer's eyes and ears without suddenly presenting the content to the customer with a large volume or high brightness. , 1st floor image 1051 in the store
When the customer image 1066 is moved across the plurality of advertisement viewing areas 1080 in the second floor image 1052 in the store, the handling of the advertisement video and the advertisement music to be reproduced continuously is clarified in accordance with the movement. The content recommended by the store can be presented.

[0893] By the way, when the portable type exclusive terminal 1003 performs streaming reproduction of the advertisement data, the portable terminal 1003 stores the image 1
051 and the customer image 106 in the in-store second floor image 1052
The position of No. 6 is monitored, and the advertising video and the advertising music are faded in and out by predetermined video and music processing software in accordance with the monitoring result and the data amount of the advertising data.

[0894] The portable dedicated terminal 1003 can easily execute the fade-in and fade-out processing of the promotional video and the promotional music by using the video and music processing software as described above. I have.

[0895] Further, the data providing server 1001
When the acquisition request data transmitted from the request terminal 1002 is received,
The content selection screen data composed of the data of each image described above with reference to FIGS.

[0896] Thus, the data providing server 1001
Even when the customer makes advance reservations for purchasing and renting the content data using the request terminal 1002, the content recommended by the dealer can be presented.

[0897] Here, the data providing server 1001 and the portable dedicated terminal 100 in the data providing system 1000 are described.
In summary, the procedure for providing content using the content selection screen data according to No. 3 is summarized as shown in FIG. 67 (A).
The process enters from the start step of T40 and moves to step SP501.

[0898] In step SP501, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 waits for an input of an acquisition request via the operation unit 1041 by a customer operation. When the acquisition request is input, the process proceeds to step SP502.

[0899] In step SP502, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 generates the acquisition request data by the request data generation unit 1044, transmits it to the data providing server 1001 from the transmission unit 1045, and proceeds to step SP503.

[0900] Here, as shown in FIG. 67 (B), the data providing server 1001 enters the routine RT41 from the start step and moves to step SP511, and in this step SP511, waits for the update time of the content selection screen data. When the update time has been reached, the process moves to step SP512, updates the content selection screen data, and moves to step SP513.

In step SP513, the data providing server 1001 waits for transmission of the acquisition request data from the portable dedicated terminal 1003. When the acquisition request data is received by the receiving unit 1012, the process proceeds to step SP514 to search. The unit 1015 reads the content selection screen data from the content database 1011, transmits the read content selection screen data from the transmission unit 1014 to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, and proceeds to step SP 515.

At this time, in step SP503,
The portable dedicated terminal 1003 is a data providing server 1001
Is waiting for content selection screen data to be transmitted from the
046, the content selection screen data is sent to the reproduction unit 1043 to display the store appearance image 1050 of the content selection screen, and step SP
Move to 504.

[0993] In step SP504, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 starts a subroutine described later, and when designation information is input on each image constituting the content selection screen according to the operation of the operation unit 1041 by the customer, the step proceeds to step SP504. Move to SP505.

[0904] In step SP505, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 generates the content specifying data by the request data generating unit 1044, and transmits the generated content specifying data from the transmitting unit 1045 to the data providing server 100.
1 and proceeds to step SP506.

[0905] At this time, in step SP515,
The data providing server 1001 starts a subroutine described later, and the search unit 1015 causes the content database 1
The image data and the advertisement data constituting the content selection screen data are read out as appropriate from 011 and transmitted by the transmission unit 1014.
After transmitting the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, the process proceeds to step SP516.

[0906] In step SP516, the data providing server 1001 reads out the specified content data by searching the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the content specification data, and proceeds to step SP517.

[0907] In step SP517, the data providing server 1001 transmits the content data read from the content database 1011 from the transmitting unit 1014 to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, and then proceeds to step SP51.
Then, the process of the data providing server 1001 ends.

[0908] In step SP506, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 waits for the transmission of content data from the data providing server 1001.
Upon receiving the content data, step SP50
7, the recording control unit 1047 records the content data on the recording medium 1040, and then the process proceeds to step SP5.
Then, the process of the portable dedicated terminal 1003 ends.

[0909] Thus, the data providing server 1001 ends all the content providing processing procedures using the content selection screen data.

[0910] By the way, as shown in Fig. 68 (A), when the portable dedicated terminal 1003 starts the subroutine in step SP504, it enters step SP521,
In each of the images such as the store appearance image 1050 described above with reference to FIGS. 64 and 66 constituting the content selection screen displayed by the playback unit 1043 in the step SP521 and the subsequent step SP522, an image designation command is issued according to the operation of the operation unit 1041. Entered (that is, store entry button 10
60 etc. are selected and designated) and the image (1 in the store)
Wait for an advertisement request to be input on the floor image 1051).

[0911] In step SP521, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the customer image 1066 in the store appearance image 1050 or the like in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 1041, and selects and enters the store button 1060 or the like. When the designation command is input, the process proceeds to step SP523, in which the request data generation unit 1044 generates image request data representing an image specification command assigned in advance to the selected and designated button, and generates the generated image request data. Is transmitted from the transmitting unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001, and the process moves to step SP524.

At this time, as shown in FIG. 68 (B), the data providing server 1001 starts a subroutine in step SP515 and enters step SP541, and in step SP541 and the following step SP542, the portable terminal 1003 requests an image request. Waiting for the transmission of the data, the genre advertisement request data, and the individual advertisement request data, in step SP541,
When the receiving unit 1012 receives the image request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, the process proceeds to step SP5.
Move to 43.

[0913] In step SP543, the data providing server 1001 searches the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the image request data, reads out the specified image data, and transmits the read image data from the transmission unit 1014 to the mobile phone. Type dedicated terminal 100
3 and the process moves to step SP544.

At this time, in step SP524,
The portable dedicated terminal 1003 is a data providing server 1001
Are waiting for image data to be transmitted from the receiving unit 1046. When the receiving unit 1046 receives the image data, the process proceeds to step SP525.

[0915] In step SP525, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 reproduces the received image data in the reproduction unit 1043.
, A new image based on the received image data is displayed in place of the previously displayed content selection screen image, and the flow proceeds to step SP526 where the confirmation button 1068 is selected and designated on the selection confirmation image 1055. Is determined.

In step SP526, obtaining a negative result means that the reproduction unit 1043 selects the selection confirmation image 105
5 has not been displayed yet, or the selection confirmation image 1
Even if 055 is displayed, it means that the confirmation button 1068 has not been selected and designated because the purchase and rental of the content data is in the process of being input, and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 returns to step SP521 at this time. .

[0917] In step SP522, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 displays the customer image 1 in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image according to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
When 066 is moved into the advertisement viewing area 1080, the process proceeds to step SP527 where the request data generation unit 1044 generates genre advertisement request data representing the advertisement viewing area 1080 containing the customer image 1066, and generates the generated genre advertisement request. The data is transmitted from the transmitting unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001, and the process moves to step SP528.

[0918] In step SP522, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 selects and designates the name of the artist who wants to advertise or the title of the content on the content advertisement designation image 1082 in accordance with the operation of the operation unit 1041. Also, the request data generation unit 1044 generates individual advertisement request data indicating the name of the selected and designated artist, the title of the content, and the like, and transmits the generated individual advertisement request data from the transmission unit 1045 to the data providing server 1001. Then, the procedure moves to step SP528.

[0919] At this time, in step SP542,
The data providing server 1001 is a portable dedicated terminal 1003
Waits for the transmission of the genre advertisement request data and the individual advertisement request data from, and when the reception unit 1012 receives the genre advertisement request data and the individual advertisement request data, the process proceeds to step SP545.

[0920] In step SP545, the data providing server 1001 searches the content database 1011 by the search unit 1015 based on the genre advertisement request data and the individual advertisement request data, reads the specified advertisement data, and reads the read advertisement data. The transmission unit 1
014 to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, and proceeds to step SP544.

[0921] Then, in step SP544, the data providing server 1001 determines whether or not the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 has been received. Until the content designation data is received, the data providing server 1001 proceeds to step SP541- SP542-SP543-SP5
By sequentially repeating the processing loop of 44-SP545, the image data and the advertisement data are transmitted according to the image request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, the genre advertisement request data, and the individual advertisement request data.

[0922] Then, when the data providing server 1001 receives the content designation data in step SP544, the data providing server 1001 exits this subroutine and returns to the state shown in FIG.
The processing moves to step SP516 of the processing procedure in the data providing server 1001 described above.

[0923] Also, in step SP528, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 waits for the transmission of the advertising data from the data providing server 1001, and upon receiving the advertising data by the receiving unit 1046, proceeds to step SP529. Reproduction unit 1043 for advertising data
To allow the customer to view a part of the content based on the advertisement data to advertise the content, and then proceeds to step SP526.

[0924] The portable exclusive terminal 1003 returns to step SP521 until a positive result is obtained in step SP526, and returns to step SP521-S.
P522-SP523-SP524-SP525-SP
By successively repeating the processing loop of 526-SP527-SP528-SP529, the reproduction section 1043 allows the customer to select desired content data while appropriately switching and displaying each image on the content selection screen with advertisement of the content.

[0925] Thereafter, in step SP526, when the portable exclusive terminal 1003 confirms that the confirmation button 1068 has been selected and designated on the selection confirmation image 1055 of the content selection screen, the process exits this subroutine and returns to FIG.
The process proceeds to step SP505 of the processing procedure in the portable dedicated terminal 1003 described above regarding (A).

[0926] In the above configuration, in the data providing system 1000, when the data providing server 1001 receives the acquisition request data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 responds to the request.
The content selection screen data having a three-dimensional virtual reality space image in which the inside of the store is reproduced as a graphic image is transmitted.

[0927] The data providing system 1000
Then, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 displays the customer image 10 in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052 based on the content selection screen data in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041.
When the customer image 1066 is moved into the advertisement viewing area 1080, the genre advertisement request data is transmitted to the data providing server 1001.

As a result, the data providing system 100
0, a predetermined portion of the content data allocated to the advertisement viewing area 1080 represented by the genre advertisement request data from the data providing server 1001 is transmitted as advertisement data to the portable dedicated terminal 1003, and thus the portable dedicated terminal 1
At 003, the advertisement data is streamed and played back to allow the customer to view a part of the content for advertisement.

[0929] Therefore, the data providing system 1000
In this embodiment, a part of the content can be actually previewed and previewed, instead of merely presenting the title list of the obtainable content data to the customer who uses the portable dedicated terminal 1003.

[0930] Therefore, prior to acquiring the content data, the data providing system 1000 allows the customer to confirm the content of the content based on the content data, and appropriately determines whether or not the content matches the user's preference. Can be done.

[0931] The data providing system 1000
Now, the portable dedicated terminal 1003 is a 3
When the customer image 1066 is moved to the front of the shelf for each genre in the three-dimensional virtual reality space image, a part of the content belonging to the genre of the shelf is viewed for advertisement, so that the customer is actually asked to see the dealer. The user can select the package media while checking the content of the content in the store while enjoying the content data.

[0932] Incidentally, the data providing system 1000
Then, even if the portable dedicated terminal 1003 moves the customer image 1066 within the three-dimensional virtual reality space image, if the customer image 1066 is moved around the advertising viewing area 1080 in front of the shelf, the advertising data is transferred. Even if the customer 1066 moves into the advertisement viewing area 1080 without streaming playback, the customer image 1066 is displayed in the advertisement viewing area 1080.
If you move it immediately out of the box, the streaming playback of advertising data will be stopped.

[0932] Therefore, the data providing system 1000
Now, even for customers who do not want to promote their content,
It is possible to prevent the advertisement of the content from hindering the content data from being easily selected.

Further, the data providing system 1000
Then, when the portable dedicated terminal 1003 selects and specifies the name of the artist who wants to advertise or the title of the content data on the content advertisement designation image 1082 constituting the content selection screen in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041, The individual advertisement request data is transmitted to the data providing server 1001.

As a result, the data providing system 100
0, the data providing server 1001 transmits a predetermined portion of the content data assigned to the artist name or the title of the content data represented by the individual advertisement request data to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 as the advertisement data,
Thus, in the portable dedicated terminal 1003, the advertisement data is streamed and reproduced, and the customer is allowed to view a part of the content for advertisement.

[0936] Therefore, the data providing system 1000
Then, the data providing server 1001 does not unilaterally advertise the content for each genre to the customer.
A part of the content requested by the customer can be presented for advertisement and actually previewed and previewed.

[0937] Therefore, in the data providing system 1000, it is possible to confirm the contents based on the contents data requested by the customer before acquiring the contents data.

According to the above configuration, the data providing server 1
From 001, the content selection screen data having the three-dimensional virtual reality space image is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 1003. The portable dedicated terminal 1003 converts the customer image 1066 in the three-dimensional virtual reality space image to an arbitrary predetermined area. When moved, the data providing server 1001 transmits the advertising data, which is a part of the content data associated with the predetermined area, to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 for streaming reproduction, thereby providing the customer with the content. Part of the content can be actually previewed and previewed so that the content of the content can be confirmed. As a result, the customer can accurately judge whether or not the content matches his / her preference, and thus the content can be confirmed. A data providing system that can easily select data can be realized.

[0939] In the portable dedicated terminal 1003,
When desired content data is selected and designated on the content promotion designation image 1082 constituting the content selection screen, the data providing server 1001 transmits the promotion data which is a part of the selected and designated content data to the portable dedicated terminal 1003. To stream and play the content, it is possible to actually preview and preview a part of the content requested by the customer so that the content of the content can be confirmed. Thus, the content data can be markedly selected. A data providing system that can be easily implemented can be realized.

In the eleventh embodiment described above, a case has been described in which the promotion video and the promotion music are subjected to fade-in and fade-out processing when streaming the promotion data. However, the present invention is not limited to this. When streaming the advertisement data, the advertisement video and the advertisement music may be fixedly reproduced at the original luminance and volume without performing the fade-in and fade-out processing. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the processing load on the portable dedicated terminal 1003 during streaming playback.

[0941] In the eleventh embodiment, the customer image 1066 is displayed in the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052, which are three-dimensional virtual reality space images representing the inside of the store. Although the case where the advertisement data is streamed and played back when moved within 1080 has been described, the present invention is not limited to this.
A plurality of three-dimensional virtual reality space images to which one or more pieces of advertising data are assigned in advance are prepared, and the portable dedicated terminal 1 is prepared.
When 003 updates these three-dimensional virtual reality space images in response to the operation of the operation unit 1041 (ie, when the display is switched), the advertisement data assigned to the displayed three-dimensional virtual reality space image is streamed and reproduced. You may do it. Even in this case, the same effect as in the case of the above-described eleventh embodiment can be obtained.

In the eleventh embodiment, one piece of content data is assigned to each advertisement viewing area 1080 for advertisement, and each selection item such as the name of an artist on the content advertisement viewing image 1082 is assigned to each item. Although a case has been described in which one content data is allocated for advertisement, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of content data is allocated to each advertisement viewing area 1080 and each selection item for advertisement. In this case, the customer can actually preview and preview a part of a large number of contents, thereby making it easier to select content data.

[0943] Furthermore, in the eleventh embodiment described above, the data providing server 1001 uses the portable dedicated terminal 1
Although the case has been described in which the advertisement data is generated from the content data in accordance with the advertisement request data given from 003, the present invention is not limited to this, and the content database 1011 of the data providing server 1001 is not limited to this.
In advance, viewing data for a predetermined time (about several seconds) generated based on the content data is stored as advertisement data, and the data providing server 1001 responds to the advertisement request data given from the portable dedicated terminal 1003 in accordance with the advertisement request data. ,
The corresponding advertisement data may be read from the content database 1011 and transmitted. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the processing load at the time of generating advertisement data in the data providing server 1001.

In the eleventh embodiment described above, the customer image 1066 is displayed in the first floor image 1051 and the second floor image 1052 of the store, which are three-dimensional virtual reality space images representing the store of the dealer. Although the case where the advertisement data is streamed and reproduced when moved to the inside of 1080 has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and the customer image 1066 is moved within the in-store first floor image 1051 and the in-store second floor image 1052. However, when the customer image 1066 faces the front of the shelf for each genre (ie, when the line of sight of the customer image 1066 is directed to the front of the shelf).
The advertisement data may be streamed and reproduced. Even in this case, similarly to the case of the above-described eleventh embodiment, it is possible to appropriately cope with whether or not the user wants to advertise the content.

[0945] Further, in the eleventh embodiment, the data providing server 1001 is provided with the content database 1011.
Has described that the corresponding content data in the content database 1011 is transmitted to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 in accordance with the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the data providing server 1001 may transmit corresponding content data from the system management site to the portable dedicated terminal 1003 according to the content designation data transmitted from the portable dedicated terminal 1003.

[0946] Furthermore, in the eleventh embodiment described above, a content selection screen having a three-dimensional inter-virtual reality image that faithfully reproduces the interior of the dealer as a three-dimensional virtual reality space is used for content acquisition. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this, and a content selection screen having or consisting of a three-dimensional image reproduced as a simplified three-dimensional space inside the store, or a store inside the store, Irrespective of, a content selection screen having an arbitrarily produced three-dimensional image or consisting of a three-dimensional image may be used. Even if such a content selection screen is used, if the viewing data (advertisement data) of the content based on the content data can be provided to the customer, the same effect as in the above-described eleventh embodiment can be obtained. .

[0947] In the eleventh embodiment, the case has been described where the data providing server 1001 and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 execute the content providing processing procedure described above with reference to Figs. 67 and 68. The present invention is not limited to this.
1 and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 may previously hold programs for executing the content providing processing procedure, and may execute the content providing processing procedure according to these programs, or a program storage medium storing these programs. May be executed on the data providing server 1001 and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 to execute the content providing processing procedure.

[0948] By the way, various programs for executing such a content providing processing procedure are stored in the data providing server 10.
01 and the portable dedicated terminal 1003 as a program storage medium for making it executable, for example, a flexible disk, a CD-ROM, a DV
Not only package media such as D, but also a semiconductor memory or a magnetic disk in which various programs are temporarily or permanently stored may be realized. As means for storing various programs in these program storage media,
A wired or wireless communication medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting may be used, or the data may be stored via various communication interfaces such as a router or a modem.

(13) Other Embodiments In the above-described first to eleventh embodiments, the data providing apparatus for providing the content data according to the present invention is the same as the data providing apparatus shown in FIGS. The case where the server 1001 is applied has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is possible to provide viewing data generated based on content data in response to a viewing request given from a data acquisition device. In addition, a content providing device having various other configurations, such as a personal computer, can be widely applied.

[0950] In the first to eleventh embodiments, the content acquisition device for acquiring the content data provided from the content providing device according to the present invention is a portable exclusive device described above with reference to Figs. Although the case where the terminal 1003 is applied has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and requests the content providing device to view the content data. As a result, the viewing data transmitted from the content providing device is If you can get it and play it,
Other various content acquisition devices such as a PDA (Personal Digital Assistance), a mobile phone, and the like can be widely applied.

[0951] Furthermore, in the first to eleventh embodiments described above, the content providing apparatus for providing the content data according to the present invention and the content obtaining apparatus for obtaining the content data provided from the content providing apparatus are different from each other. As a content provision acquisition system
Although the case where the data providing system 1000 described above is applied to FIGS. 63 to 68 has been described,
The present invention is not limited to this, provided that the content providing device can transmit viewing data generated based on the content data to the content acquiring device in response to a viewing request given from the content acquiring device. In addition, a content provision acquisition system having various other configurations, such as a data provision acquisition system constructed using a LAN (Local Area Network) or an optical communication technology, can be widely applied.

Further, in the above-described first to eleventh embodiments, the image storage means for storing a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of content data. , FIG.
Although the case where the above-described content database 1011 is applied to FIGS. 3 to 68 has been described,
The present invention is not limited to this, as long as a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer content data desired from a plurality of types of content data can be stored, such as an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, and a semiconductor memory. In addition, various other image storage means can be widely applied.

In the first to eleventh embodiments, the receiving unit 1012 described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 68 is applied as a transmission request receiving unit for receiving an image request transmitted from a content acquisition device. However, the present invention is not limited to this.
If the image request transmitted from the content acquisition device can be received, various other transmission request receiving means can be widely applied according to the applied communication method.

[0954] Furthermore, in the above-described first to eleventh embodiments, the transmitting unit 1014 described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 68 serves as an image transmitting unit that transmits a three-dimensional image to the content acquisition device in response to an image request. Has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and if a three-dimensional image can be transmitted to the content acquisition device in response to an image request, various other types may be used according to the applied communication method. Can be widely applied.

In the first to eleventh embodiments, the viewing request receiving means for receiving the viewing request transmitted from the content acquisition device according to the display state of the three-dimensional image is used as the viewing request receiving means shown in FIGS. 68, the above-described receiving unit 1012 is applied. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is possible to receive a viewing request transmitted from a content acquisition device according to a display state of a three-dimensional image. If possible, various other viewing request receiving means can be widely applied according to the applied communication system.

Further, in the first to eleventh embodiments described above, the data transmitting means for transmitting the viewing data of the content based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request to the content obtaining apparatus is shown in FIGS. 63 to 68.
Has been described in connection with the case where the above-described transmitting unit 1014 is applied. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and if it is possible to transmit content viewing data based on content data corresponding to a viewing request to a content acquisition device. Various other data transmission means can be widely applied according to the applied communication system.

Further, in the first to eleventh embodiments described above, the operating unit 1 described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 68 is used as input means for inputting various operation commands.
However, the present invention is not limited to this. If various operation commands can be input, various other input means such as operation keys, a touch panel, a pointing device, and the like may be used. Can be widely applied.

[0958] Furthermore, in the first to eleventh embodiments described above, the image request transmitting means for transmitting an image request to the content providing apparatus in response to an image request command input via the input means is shown in FIG. The case where the transmission unit 1045 described above is applied to FIG. 68 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and an image request is sent to the content providing apparatus in response to an image request command input via the input unit. If transmission is possible, various other image request transmission means can be widely applied according to the applied communication system.

In the first to eleventh embodiments, the image receiving means for receiving the three-dimensional image transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the image request has been described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 68. Receiving unit 1046
Has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. If a three-dimensional image transmitted from a content providing device in response to an image request can be received, the three-dimensional image can be received according to the applied communication method. In addition, various image receiving means can be widely applied.

Further, in the first to eleventh embodiments, the three-dimensional image is displayed on the predetermined display means, and the three-dimensional image is displayed in response to the display state change command input via the input means. The playback unit 1 described above with reference to FIGS.
However, the present invention is not limited to this, and displays a three-dimensional image on a predetermined display unit, and responds to a display state change command input via the input unit. If the display state of the two-dimensional image can be changed, various other display control means such as a CPU and a microprocessor can be widely applied.

[0961] Furthermore, in the above-described first to eleventh embodiments, the reproducing unit 1043 described with reference to FIGS.
Has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. If a three-dimensional image can be displayed,
Various other display means such as a display means serving as an external device of the content acquisition apparatus can be widely applied.

In the first to eleventh embodiments, the viewing request transmitting means for transmitting a viewing request to the content providing apparatus according to the display state of the three-dimensional image displayed on the display means is shown in FIG. 68 to FIG. 68, the case where the above-described transmitting unit 1045 is applied has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a viewing request is sent to the content providing apparatus in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image displayed on the display unit. If transmission is possible, various other viewing request transmission means can be widely applied according to the applied communication system.

[0963] In the first to eleventh embodiments, the data receiving means for receiving the viewing data transmitted in response to the viewing request from the content providing apparatus has been described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 68. Receiver 10
46 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and if it is possible to receive viewing data transmitted from a content providing device in response to a viewing request, Various other data receiving means can be widely applied.

[0964] Furthermore, in the above-described first to eleventh embodiments, the reproducing unit 1043 described with reference to Figs. 63 to 68 is applied as a reproducing means for reproducing the viewing data and viewing the content. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as long as the data for viewing can be played and the contents of the content can be viewed, such a playback means as an external device of the content acquisition device can be used. Various other reproducing means can be widely applied.

[0965]

As described above, according to the present invention, a content providing apparatus selects customer desired content data from a plurality of types of content data in response to an image request transmitted from a content acquisition apparatus. A 3D image to be transmitted is transmitted to the content acquisition device and displayed, and as a result, when a viewing request transmitted from the content acquisition device in accordance with the display state of the 3D image is received, the received viewing request is handled. By transmitting the viewing data of the content based on the content data to the content acquisition device and reproducing the content to view the content, the customer can actually preview and preview the content based on the content data, and You can ask the customer to check the content, and as a result, Whether it is possible to determine the precisely, thus it is possible to easily select content data.

[Brief description of the drawings]

FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram showing a usage form of the Internet by a data providing system.

FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating a usage form of a portable dedicated terminal rented to a customer.

FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a usage form of a portable dedicated terminal sold to a customer.

FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a first configuration of the data providing system according to the present description;
It is a block diagram showing an embodiment.

FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a second embodiment.

FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a data format of header data added to content data.

FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a rental reservation processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 8 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a third embodiment.

FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram illustrating a data format of content acquisition request data for acquiring content data from a content server.

FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a rental reservation processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 11 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a fourth embodiment.

FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of advertiser company registration information.

FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of customer registration information.

FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating contract conditions between a customer, an advertiser, and a company.

FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of customer registration information updated by using the Internet by a customer.

FIG. 16 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a matching unit.

FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of advertiser company introduction information.

FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of customer introduction information.

FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of advertiser company information updated by the conclusion of a contract.

FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of customer registration information updated by the conclusion of a contract.

FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an advertiser company registration processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing an advertiser company introduction processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an advertiser company introduction processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a contract processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a fifth embodiment.

FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a matching unit.

FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an advertiser company introduction processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a sixth embodiment.

FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a content selection screen using a three-dimensional virtual reality space image representing the inside of a store.

FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram explaining reproduction of advertisement data on a content selection screen.

FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a content selection screen customized according to a customer request.

FIG. 32 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of a content providing process using content selection screen data in the data providing system.

FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a subroutine of a content providing processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a customization processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing a content providing processing procedure using customized screen data in the data providing system.

FIG. 36 is a conceptual diagram for describing customization of a content selection screen according to another embodiment with respect to the sixth embodiment.

FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of providing content data from a content server to a data providing server.

FIG. 38 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a seventh embodiment.

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram for explaining rental of content data.

FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram for explaining a request for equivalent exchange;

FIG. 41: Content data of a single song and a single C
FIG. 14 is a conceptual diagram serving to explain equivalent exchange with a package medium D.

FIG. 42 is a conceptual diagram explaining delivery of package media by equivalent exchange.

FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing an equivalent exchange processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing an equivalent exchange processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 45 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to an eighth embodiment.

FIG. 46 is a schematic diagram for explaining a request for equivalent exchange;

FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a data table in a package media database.

FIG. 48 is a conceptual diagram serving to explain equivalent exchange between a plurality of content data and package media of an album CD.

FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing an equivalent exchange processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing an equivalent exchange processing procedure in the data providing system.

FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a ninth embodiment;

FIG. 52 is a block diagram illustrating a circuit configuration of a system management server.

FIG. 53 is a block diagram illustrating a circuit configuration of a request terminal.

FIG. 54 is a block diagram illustrating a circuit configuration of a data providing server.

FIG. 55 is a block diagram illustrating a circuit configuration of a package providing server.

FIG. 56 is a block diagram showing a circuit configuration of an advertiser company server.

FIG. 57 is a schematic external view showing the configuration of a portable dedicated terminal.

FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing a circuit configuration of a portable dedicated terminal.

FIG. 59 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to a tenth embodiment;

FIG. 60 is a schematic external view showing the configuration of a portable dedicated terminal.

FIG. 61 is a schematic external view showing the configuration of the back surface of the terminal body.

FIG. 62 is a block diagram showing a circuit configuration of a portable dedicated terminal.

FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a data providing system according to an eleventh embodiment.

FIG. 64 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a content selection screen using a three-dimensional virtual reality space.

FIG. 65 is a schematic diagram explaining reproduction of advertising data for each genre on the content selection screen.

FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram explaining reproduction of advertising data for each artist on the content selection screen;

FIG. 67 is a flowchart showing a content providing processing procedure using content selection screen data in the data providing system.

FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing a subroutine of a content providing processing procedure in the data providing system.

[Explanation of symbols]

1000 Data providing system, 1001 Data providing server, 1003 Portable dedicated terminal, 1011
... Content database, 1012, 1046 ... Reception unit, 1014, 1045 ... Transmission unit, 1015 ... Search unit, 1041 ... Operation unit, 1043 ... Reproduction unit, 10
44 ... request data generation unit, 1051 ... store first floor image, 1052 ... store second floor image, 1053 ... store shelf image, 1066 ... customer image, 1080 ... advertisement viewing area, 1082 ... content advertisement designation image.

Continued on the front page (51) Int.Cl. ⁷ Identification symbol FI Theme coat II (reference) G06F 17/30 360 G06F 17/30 360Z G06T 17/40 G06T 17/40 D H04N 7/173 640 H04N 7/173 640Z ( 72) Inventor Yuji Ozaki 6-35, Kita-Shinagawa, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo F-term within Sony Corporation (reference) 5B050 AA08 BA08 BA09 BA10 CA05 CA06 CA07 CA08 EA12 EA26 FA02 FA13 FA19 5B075 ND06 5C064 BA07 BB01 BB07 BC07 BC18 BC23 BC23 BD02 BD08

Claims (66)

[Claims] 1. A content providing / acquiring system comprising: a content providing device for providing content data; and a content acquiring device for acquiring the content data provided from the content providing device. Image storage means for storing a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data desired from the content data; transmission request receiving means for receiving an image request transmitted from the content acquisition device; Image transmission means for transmitting the three-dimensional image to the content acquisition device in response to an image request; and viewing request reception means for receiving a viewing request transmitted in accordance with a display state of the three-dimensional image from the content acquisition device. A command based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request. Data transmission means for transmitting the viewing data of the content to the content acquisition apparatus, the content acquisition apparatus comprising: an input means for inputting various operation commands; and an image request command input via the input means. Image request transmitting means for transmitting the image request to the content providing device in response to the request; image receiving means for receiving the three-dimensional image transmitted in response to the image request from the content providing device; Is displayed on predetermined display means, and display control means for changing the display state of the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, and the three-dimensional image displayed on the display means Viewing request transmission means for transmitting the viewing request to the content providing device in accordance with the display state of the image; Content providing acquisition system characterized in that it comprises a data receiving means for receiving the viewing data transmitted, the reproducing means reproduces the viewing data to view the contents of the content on demand. 2. The image storage device of the content providing device stores the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person, and the display control device of the content acquisition device includes: Changing the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image in response to the input display state change command, and the viewing request transmitting means of the content acquisition device, the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image The content provision acquisition system according to claim 1, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 3. The image storage device of the content providing device stores the three-dimensional image including a selection item for a content viewing request, and the display control device of the content acquisition device transmits the three-dimensional image via the input device. The display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image is changed according to the input display state change command, and the viewing request transmission unit of the content acquisition device is configured to display the selection item in the three-dimensional image. The content provision acquisition system according to claim 1, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 4. The viewing request transmitting means of the content acquisition device, wherein the genre of the content data, an artist of the content based on the content data, and / or a title of the content data are determined according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. The content providing acquisition system according to claim 1, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device. 5. The content providing / acquiring system according to claim 1, wherein said reproducing means of said content acquiring apparatus streams and reproduces said viewing data so as to view contents of said content. 6. The content transmitting apparatus according to claim 1, wherein said data transmitting means transmits said viewing data having a reproduction time shorter than a reproduction time of said content data corresponding to said viewing request to said content acquisition apparatus. The content provision acquisition system according to claim 5, wherein 7. The content providing / acquiring system according to claim 6, wherein the playback means of the content acquiring apparatus performs the streaming playback by performing the fade-in process and / or the fade-out process on the viewing data. 8. A content providing / acquiring method for acquiring content data provided from a content providing apparatus by a content acquiring apparatus, wherein the content providing apparatus receives an image request transmitted from the content acquiring apparatus. An image transmission step of transmitting a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of the content data in response to the image request to the content acquisition device; A viewing request receiving step of receiving a viewing request transmitted from the device in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image, and transmitting to the content acquisition device content viewing data based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request. And a data transmission step. An image request transmitting step of transmitting the image request to the content providing apparatus in response to an image request command input via input means for inputting various operation commands; and An image receiving step of receiving the three-dimensional image transmitted in response to the image request; displaying the three-dimensional image on predetermined display means, and in response to a display state change command input via the input means A display control step of changing a display state of the three-dimensional image; a viewing request transmitting step of transmitting the viewing request to the content providing device according to a display state of the three-dimensional image displayed on the display means; A data receiving step of receiving the viewing data transmitted from the providing device in response to the viewing request; Content providing acquisition method characterized by comprising a reproduction step of reproducing the data to view the contents of the content. 9. The image transmitting step of the content providing apparatus, wherein the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person is transmitted to the content obtaining apparatus in response to the image request. The display control step includes: changing a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input unit; The method according to claim 8, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in accordance with the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image. 10. The image transmitting step of the content providing device transmits the three-dimensional image including a selection item for content viewing request to the content obtaining device in response to the image request. The display control step changes a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, and the viewing request transmission step of the content acquisition device includes: The method according to claim 8, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in accordance with a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 11. The viewing request transmitting step of the content acquisition device, wherein the genre of the content data, an artist of the content based on the content data, and / or a title of the content data are determined according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. The method according to claim 8, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device. 12. The content providing / acquiring method according to claim 8, wherein in the reproducing step of the content acquiring apparatus, the viewing data is stream-reproduced to allow the content to be viewed. 13. The data transmitting step of the content providing device, wherein the viewing data having a playback time shorter than a playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request is transmitted to the content acquisition device. 13. The content providing and acquiring method according to claim 12, wherein: 14. The content providing / acquiring method according to claim 13, wherein in the reproducing step of the content acquiring apparatus, the viewing data is subjected to a fade-in process and / or a fade-out process to perform streaming reproduction. 15. A content providing apparatus for providing content data to a content acquisition apparatus, wherein an image storage means for storing a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of the content data. Transmission request receiving means for receiving an image request transmitted from the content acquisition device; image transmission means for transmitting the three-dimensional image to the content acquisition device in response to the image request; Viewing request receiving means for receiving a viewing request transmitted in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image, and data transmitting means for transmitting to the content acquisition device content viewing data based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request. A content providing device comprising: 16. The image storage means stores the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person, and the viewing request receiving means transmits the person image in the three-dimensional image from the content providing device. 16. The content providing apparatus according to claim 15, wherein the viewing request transmitted in accordance with the position of the content is received. 17. The image storage means stores the three-dimensional image including a selection item for a content viewing request, and the viewing request receiving means stores the selection item in the three-dimensional image from the content acquisition device. 16. The content providing device according to claim 15, wherein the content providing device receives the viewing request transmitted according to a display state. 18. The viewing request receiving means, wherein the genre of the content data, the artist of the content based on the content data, and / or the content transmitted from the content acquisition device in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image. 2. The system according to claim 1, wherein the request for viewing the data represents a title of the data.
6. The content providing device according to 5. 19. The content providing apparatus according to claim 15, wherein said data transmitting means transmits said viewing data to said content acquisition apparatus in a streaming format. 20. The data transmitting means transmits the viewing data having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request to the content acquisition device in the streaming format. 20. The content providing apparatus according to claim 19, wherein 21. A content providing method for providing content data to a content acquisition device, comprising: a transmission request receiving step of receiving an image request transmitted from the content acquisition device; and a plurality of types of the content in response to the image request. An image transmitting step of transmitting a three-dimensional image for allowing the customer to select customer-desired content data desired from the data to the content acquisition device; and transmitting the three-dimensional image from the content acquisition device according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. Providing a viewing request for receiving the viewing request, and a data transmitting step of transmitting viewing data of the content based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request to the content acquisition device. Method. 22. The image transmitting step transmits the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person to the content acquisition device in response to the image request, and the viewing request receiving step includes: 22. The content providing method according to claim 21, wherein the viewing request transmitted from the providing device according to a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image is received. 23. The image transmitting step transmits the three-dimensional image including a selection item for a content viewing request to the content acquisition device in response to the image request, and the viewing request receiving step includes: 22. The content providing method according to claim 21, wherein the viewing request transmitted from the device in accordance with a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image is received. 24. The reception request receiving step, wherein the genre of the content data, the artist of the content based on the content data, and / or the content transmitted from the content acquisition device in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image. 3. The apparatus according to claim 2, wherein said request for viewing indicating a title of data is received.
2. The content providing method according to 1. 25. The content providing method according to claim 21, wherein in the data transmitting step, the viewing data is transmitted to the content acquisition device in a streaming format. 26. The data transmission step, wherein the viewing data having a reproduction time shorter than a reproduction time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request is transmitted to the content acquisition device in the streaming format. 26. The content providing method according to claim 25, wherein: 27. A transmission request receiving step of receiving an image request transmitted from a content acquisition device, and, in response to the image request, allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of the content data. Transmitting a three-dimensional image to the content acquisition device for viewing, receiving a viewing request transmitted from the content acquisition device according to a display state of the three-dimensional image, and receiving the viewing request. A data transmitting step of transmitting content viewing data based on the content data to the content acquisition device, the content providing program causing the content providing device to execute the content providing program. 28. The image transmitting step, wherein the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person is transmitted to the content acquisition device in response to the image request. 28. The content providing program storage medium according to claim 27, wherein the viewing request transmitted from the providing device in accordance with the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image is received. 29. The image transmitting step transmits the three-dimensional image including a selection item for content viewing request to the content acquisition device in response to the image request, and the viewing request receiving step includes: 28. The storage medium according to claim 27, wherein the viewing request transmitted from the device in accordance with a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image is received. 30. The viewing request receiving step, wherein the genre of the content data, the artist of the content based on the content data, and / or the content transmitted from the content acquisition device according to the display state of the three-dimensional image. 3. The apparatus according to claim 2, wherein said request for viewing indicating a title of data is received.
8. The storage medium according to claim 7. 31. The storage medium according to claim 27, wherein said data transmitting step transmits said viewing data to said content acquisition device in a streaming format. 32. The data transmission step, wherein the viewing data having a reproduction time shorter than a reproduction time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request is transmitted to the content acquisition device in the streaming format. 32. The content providing program storage medium according to claim 31. 33. A transmission request receiving step of receiving an image request transmitted from a content acquisition device to a content providing device, and in response to the image request, a customer desired from a plurality of types of the content data. An image transmitting step of transmitting a three-dimensional image for selecting customer-desired content data to the content acquisition device; and a viewing request for receiving a viewing request transmitted from the content acquisition device according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. A content providing program for executing a receiving step and a data transmitting step of transmitting to the content acquisition apparatus content viewing data based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request. 34. The image transmitting step transmits the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person to the content acquisition device in response to the image request, and the viewing request receiving step includes: 34. The content providing program according to claim 33, wherein the viewing request transmitted from the providing device in accordance with a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image is received. 35. The image transmitting step, wherein the three-dimensional image including a selection item for content viewing request is transmitted to the content acquisition device in response to the image request, and the viewing request receiving step includes: 34. The content providing program according to claim 33, further comprising receiving the viewing request transmitted from the device in accordance with a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 36. The viewing request receiving step, wherein the genre of the content data, the artist of the content based on the content data, and / or the content transmitted from the content acquisition device in accordance with the display state of the three-dimensional image. 4. The method according to claim 3, wherein said request for viewing is received which indicates a title of data.
3. The content providing program according to 3. 37. The content providing program according to claim 33, wherein in the data transmitting step, the viewing data is transmitted to the content acquisition device in a streaming format. 38. The data transmitting step, wherein the viewing data having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request is transmitted to the content acquisition device in the streaming format. 38. The content providing program according to claim 37, wherein 39. A content acquisition device for acquiring the content data provided from the content providing device, comprising: input means for inputting various operation commands; and an image request command input via the input means. Image request transmitting means for transmitting the image request to the content providing device; and a customer-desired content data desired by the customer from a plurality of types of the content data transmitted in response to the image request from the content providing device. Image receiving means for receiving a three-dimensional image for selection; displaying the three-dimensional image on a predetermined display means; and displaying the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means. Display control means for changing a display state; and viewing and listening according to a display state of the three-dimensional image displayed on the display means. Viewing request transmission means for transmitting a request to the content providing device; and data for receiving viewing data of content based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request, transmitted from the content providing device in response to the viewing request. A content acquisition apparatus, comprising: receiving means; and reproducing means for reproducing the viewing data to view the contents of the content. 40. The image receiving means receives the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request, and the display control means: The position of the person image in the three-dimensional image is changed according to a display state change command input via the input means, and the viewing request transmitting means is configured to change the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image. 40. The content acquisition device according to claim 39, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 41. The image receiving means according to claim 3, further comprising a selection item for a content viewing request transmitted from said content providing device in response to said image request.
Receiving the three-dimensional image, the display control means changes a display state of the selected item in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, 40. The content acquisition device according to claim 39, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device according to a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 42. The viewing request transmitting means transmits the viewing request indicating a genre of the content data, an artist of the content based on the content data, and / or a title of the content data according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. 40. The content acquisition device according to claim 39, wherein the content acquisition device transmits the content to the content providing device. 43. The content acquisition apparatus according to claim 39, wherein said playback means stream-plays the viewing data to view the content. 44. The data receiving means transmits the viewing data transmitted from the content providing device in response to the viewing request and having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request. The content acquisition device according to claim 43, wherein the content acquisition device receives the content. 45. The content acquiring apparatus according to claim 44, wherein said reproducing means performs streaming reproduction by performing a fade-in process and / or a fade-out process on the viewing data. 46. A content acquisition method for acquiring the content data provided from the content providing apparatus, wherein the content providing apparatus responds to an image request command input via input means for inputting various operation commands. An image request transmission step of transmitting the image request; and 3) allowing a customer to select customer desired content data from a plurality of types of the content data transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request. An image receiving step of receiving a three-dimensional image; displaying the three-dimensional image on predetermined display means; and changing a display state of the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means. A display control step, and issuing the viewing request according to a display state of the three-dimensional image displayed on the display means. A viewing request transmitting step for transmitting to the content providing apparatus; and a data receiving step for receiving viewing / listening data of content based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the viewing request. And a playback step of playing back the viewing data and viewing the content of the content. 47. The image receiving step includes: receiving the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request; Changing a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means; and transmitting the viewing request, the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image 47. The content acquisition method according to claim 46, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 48. The image receiving step according to claim 3, further comprising: selecting a content viewing request transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the image request.
Receiving the three-dimensional image, changing the display state of the selected item in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, 47. The content acquisition method according to claim 46, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device according to a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 49. The viewing request transmitting step includes the step of transmitting the viewing request representing a genre of the content data, an artist of the content based on the content data, and / or a title of the content data according to a display state of the three-dimensional image. The content acquisition method according to claim 46, wherein the content is transmitted to the content providing device. 50. The content acquisition method according to claim 46, wherein, in said reproducing step, said viewing data is stream-reproduced to allow said content to be viewed. 51. The data receiving step includes: transmitting the viewing data transmitted from the content providing device in response to the viewing request and having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request. The method according to claim 50, wherein the content is received. 52. The content acquisition method according to claim 51, wherein, in the reproducing step, the viewing data is subjected to a fade-in process and / or a fade-out process to perform streaming reproduction. 53. An image request transmitting step of transmitting the image request to the content providing device in response to an image request command input via input means for inputting various operation commands, and An image receiving step of receiving a three-dimensional image for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of content data transmitted in response to an image request; and displaying the three-dimensional image in a predetermined display A display control step of changing the display state of the three-dimensional image according to a display state change command input through the input means, and displaying the three-dimensional image on the display means. Transmitting a viewing request to the content providing apparatus in response to the request; transmitting the viewing request from the content providing apparatus to the content providing apparatus; A data receiving step of receiving content viewing data transmitted based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request transmitted in response to the request; and a playback step of playing back the viewing data and viewing the content. A content acquisition program storage medium for causing a content acquisition device to execute a content acquisition program, characterized by comprising: 54. The image receiving step, comprising: receiving the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request; Changing a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means; and transmitting the viewing request, the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image The content acquisition program storage medium according to claim 53, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 55. The image receiving step, comprising the step of selecting a content viewing request transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the image request.
Receiving the three-dimensional image, changing the display state of the selected item in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, The storage medium according to claim 53, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device according to a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 56. The viewing request transmitting step, wherein the viewing request indicating the genre of the content data, the artist of the content based on the content data, and / or the title of the content data according to the display state of the three-dimensional image. 54. The storage medium according to claim 53, wherein the storage medium is transmitted to the content providing apparatus. 57. The content acquisition program storage medium according to claim 53, wherein, in said reproducing step, said viewing data is stream-reproduced to allow said content to be viewed. 58. The data receiving step includes: transmitting the viewing data transmitted from the content providing device in response to the viewing request and having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request. The storage medium according to claim 57, wherein the medium is received. 59. The content acquisition program storage medium according to claim 58, wherein, in said reproducing step, said viewing data is subjected to a fade-in process and / or a fade-out process for streaming reproduction. 60. An image request transmitting step of transmitting the image request to the content providing device in response to an image request command input to the content acquisition device via input means for inputting various operation commands; An image receiving step of receiving a three-dimensional image transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request and for allowing a customer to select customer-desired content data from a plurality of types of the content data; A display control step of displaying the three-dimensional image on a predetermined display means and changing a display state of the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input through the input means; A viewing request transmitting step of transmitting the viewing request to the content providing device according to a display state of the three-dimensional image; A data receiving step of receiving content viewing data based on the content data corresponding to the viewing request transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the viewing request; and reproducing the viewing data and the content of the content. A content acquisition program for executing a reproduction step of viewing the content. 61. The image receiving step comprising: receiving the three-dimensional image including a person image representing a movable person transmitted from the content providing device in response to the image request; Changing a position of the person image in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means; and transmitting the viewing request, the position of the person image in the three-dimensional image 61. The content acquisition program according to claim 60, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device in response to the request. 62. The image receiving step, comprising: selecting a content viewing request transmitted from the content providing apparatus in response to the image request.
Receiving the three-dimensional image, changing the display state of the selected item in the three-dimensional image in response to a display state change command input via the input means, The content acquisition program according to claim 60, wherein the viewing request is transmitted to the content providing device according to a display state of the selection item in the three-dimensional image. 63. The viewing request transmitting step includes the step of transmitting the viewing request representing a genre of the content data, an artist of the content based on the content data, and / or a title of the content data in accordance with a display state of the three-dimensional image. The content acquisition program according to claim 60, wherein the content acquisition program is transmitted to the content providing device. 64. The content acquisition program according to claim 60, wherein, in the reproducing step, the content for viewing is viewed by streaming reproduction of the viewing data. 65. The data receiving step, comprising: transmitting the viewing data transmitted from the content providing device in response to the viewing request and having a playback time shorter than the playback time of the content data corresponding to the viewing request. 65. The content acquisition program according to claim 64, wherein the content acquisition program receives the content. 66. The content acquisition program according to claim 65, wherein, in the reproducing step, the viewing data is subjected to a fade-in process and / or a fade-out process to perform streaming reproduction.